WO2009024905A1 - Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators - Google Patents

Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009024905A1
WO2009024905A1 PCT/IB2008/053269 IB2008053269W WO2009024905A1 WO 2009024905 A1 WO2009024905 A1 WO 2009024905A1 IB 2008053269 W IB2008053269 W IB 2008053269W WO 2009024905 A1 WO2009024905 A1 WO 2009024905A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
methyl
alkyl
pyridine
mmol
ethyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2008/053269
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Martin Bolli
Cyrille Lescop
Boris Mathys
Claus Mueller
Oliver Nayler
Beat Steiner
Jörg Velker
Original Assignee
Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to MX2010001881A priority Critical patent/MX2010001881A/en
Priority to DE602008005770T priority patent/DE602008005770D1/en
Application filed by Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd filed Critical Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd
Priority to CN200880103070.2A priority patent/CN102648198B/en
Priority to CA2695509A priority patent/CA2695509A1/en
Priority to JP2010520670A priority patent/JP5451614B2/en
Priority to AT08789611T priority patent/ATE502938T1/en
Priority to PL08789611T priority patent/PL2195311T3/en
Priority to RU2010109542/04A priority patent/RU2492168C2/en
Priority to DK08789611.4T priority patent/DK2195311T3/en
Priority to US12/673,918 priority patent/US8598208B2/en
Priority to EP08789611A priority patent/EP2195311B1/en
Priority to AU2008290233A priority patent/AU2008290233B2/en
Priority to BRPI0815190 priority patent/BRPI0815190A2/en
Priority to NZ583957A priority patent/NZ583957A/en
Priority to SI200830269T priority patent/SI2195311T1/en
Publication of WO2009024905A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009024905A1/en
Priority to MA32693A priority patent/MA31703B1/en
Priority to ZA2010/01873A priority patent/ZA201001873B/en
Priority to HK10111281.3A priority patent/HK1144809A1/en
Priority to HR20110449T priority patent/HRP20110449T1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to S1 P1/EDG1 receptor agonists of Formula (I) and their use as active ingredients in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the invention also concerns related aspects including processes for the preparation of the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of the Formula (I), and their use as compounds improving vascular function and as immunomodulating agents, either alone or in combination with other active compounds or therapies.
  • the human immune system is designed to defend the body against foreign microorganisms and substances that cause infection or disease.
  • Complex regulatory mechanisms ensure that the immune response is targeted against the intruding substance or organism and not against the host. In some cases, these control mechanisms are unregulated and autoimmune responses can develop. A consequence of the uncontrolled inflammatory response is severe organ, cell, tissue or joint damage.
  • Typical drugs in this class include azathioprine, chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide, cyclosporin, or methotrexate.
  • Corticosteroids which reduce inflammation and suppress the immune response, may cause side effects when used in long term treatment.
  • Nonsteroidal anti-infammatory drugs NSAIDs
  • Alternative treatments include agents that activate or block cytokine signaling.
  • Orally active compounds with immunomodulating properties, without compromising immune responses and with reduced side effects would significantly improve current treatments of uncontrolled inflammatory disease.
  • the host immune response In the field of organ transplantation the host immune response must be suppressed to prevent organ rejection.
  • Organ transplant recipients can experience some rejection even when they are taking immunosuppressive drugs. Rejection occurs most frequently in the first few weeks after transplantation, but rejection episodes can also happen months or even years after transplantation. Combinations of up to three or four medications are commonly used to give maximum protection against rejection while minimizing side effects.
  • Current standard drugs used to treat the rejection of transplanted organs interfere with discrete intracellular pathways in the activation of T-type or B-type white blood cells.
  • drugs examples include cyclosporin, daclizumab, basiliximab, everolimus, or FK506, which interfere with cytokine release or signaling; azathiophne or leflunomide, which inhibit nucleotide synthesis; or 15-deoxyspergualin, an inhibitor of leukocyte differentiation.
  • the present invention provides novel compounds of Formula (I) that are agonists for the G protein-coupled receptor S1 P1/EDG1 and have a powerful and long- lasting immunomodulating effect which is achieved by reducing the number of circulating and infiltrating T- and B-lymphocytes, without affecting their maturation, memory, or expansion.
  • the reduction of circulating T- / B-lymphocytes as a result of S1 P1/EDG1 agonism possibly in combination with the observed improvement of endothelial cell layer function associated with S1 P1/EDG1 activation, makes such compounds useful to treat uncontrolled inflammatory disease and to improve vascular functionality.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be utilized alone or in combination with standard drugs inhibiting T-cell activation, to provide a new immunomodulating therapy with a reduced propensity for infections when compared to standard immunosuppressive therapy. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention can be used in combination with reduced dosages of traditional immunosuppressant therapies, to provide on the one hand effective immunomodulating activity, while on the other hand reducing end organ damage associated with higher doses of standard immunosuppressive drugs.
  • the observation of improved endothelial cell layer function associated with S1 P1/EDG1 activation provides additional benefits of compounds to improve vascular function.
  • nucleotide sequence and the amino acid sequence for the human S1 P1/EDG1 receptor are known in the art and are published in e.g.: HIa, T., and Maciag, T. J.
  • Ci-y -alkyl refers to a saturated straight or branched chain alkyl group containing x to y carbon atoms.
  • a Ci -5 - alkyl group contains from one to five carbon atoms.
  • Representative examples of Ci- 5 -alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /so-propyl, n-butyl, /so-butyl, sec- butyl, te/t-butyl, n-pentyl, /so-pentyl, 3-pentyl, and 2,2,2-trimethylethyl.
  • Ci -5 -alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /so-propyl, n-butyl, /so- butyl, and 3-pentyl.
  • Ci -4 -alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, n- propyl, /so-propyl, n-butyl, and /so-butyl.
  • C 2- 5-alkyl groups are ethyl, n-propyl, /so-propyl, /so-butyl, and 3-pentyl.
  • C 2-4 - alkyl groups are ethyl, n-propyl, /so-propyl, and /so-butyl.
  • Preferred examples of Ci- 3 -alkyl groups are methyl and ethyl.
  • C x-y -alkoxy refers to an alkyl-O- group wherein the alkyl group refers to a straight or branched chain alkyl group containing x to y carbon atoms.
  • a Ci -4 - alkoxy group contains from one to four carbon atoms.
  • Representative examples of Ci -4 -alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, /so-propoxy, n-butoxy, iso- butoxy, sec-butoxy and te/f-butoxy.
  • Preferred examples of C2 -4 -alkoxy groups are ethoxy, n-propoxy, and /so-propoxy.
  • a preferred example of a Ci-3-alkoxy group is methoxy.
  • C x-y -cycloalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl group containing x to y carbon atoms.
  • a Cs- ⁇ -cycloalkyl group contains from three to six carbon atoms.
  • Representative examples of C 3-6 -cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. Preferred are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopentyl. Most preferred is cyclopentyl.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) may contain one or more stereogenic or asymmetric centers, such as one or more asymmetric carbon atoms.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) may thus be present as mixtures of stereoisomers or preferably as pure stereoisomers. Mixtures of stereoisomers may be separated in a manner known to a person skilled in the art.
  • Salts are preferably the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of Formula (I).
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to non-toxic, inorganic or organic acid and/or base addition salts. Reference can be made to "Salt selection for basic drugs", Int. J. Pharm. (1986), 33, 201 -217.
  • R 1 represents Ci -5 -alkyl, Ci -4 -alkoxy, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl, hydroxymethyl, or NR 1a R 1b ;
  • R 1a represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 1b represents hydrogen, or Ci -3 -alkyl
  • R 1a and R 1b together with the nitrogen that is attached to the pyridine, form a pyrrolidine ring
  • R 2 represents hydrogen, or Ci -4 -alkyl, or in case R 1 represents Ci -5 -alkyl or C3-6- cycloalkyl, R 2 may in addition represent methoxy
  • R 3 represents Ci-5-alkyl, Ci -4 -alkoxy, C 3- 6-cycloalkyl, or NR 3a R 3b ;
  • R 3a represents Ci -4 -alkyl;
  • R 3b represents hydrogen, or Ci -3 -alkyl;
  • R 4 represents Ci -4 -alkyl, or hydrogen;
  • R 5 represents Ci -5 -alkyl, methoxy, or NR 5a R 5b ; and R 6 represents Ci -2 -alkyl; R 5a represents Ci -4 -alkyl; R 5b represents hydrogen, or d -3 -alkyl; or R 5 represents Ci -2 -alkyl, or methoxy; and R 6 represents Ci -5 -alkyl, or NR 6a R 6b ;
  • R 6a represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 6b represents hydrogen, or Ci -3 -alkyl
  • R 7 represents Ci -5 -alkyl
  • R 8 represents Ci- 2 -alkyl, or methoxy
  • R 9 represents Ci- 5 -alkyl
  • R 10 represents Ci -2 -alkyl
  • A represents
  • R 11 represents Ci -4 -alkyl, Ci -3 -alkoxy, hydroxymethyl, or NR 11a R 11b ;
  • R 11a represents Ci- 3 -alkyl;
  • R 11b represents hydrogen, or Ci -2 -alkyl;
  • R 12 represents hydrogen, or Ci -2 -alkyl;
  • R 13 represents Ci -4 -alkyl, or NR 13a R 13b ;
  • R 13a represents Ci -3 -alkyl;
  • R 13b represents hydrogen, or d -2 -alkyl;
  • R 14 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
  • R 15 represents Ci- 4 -alkyl, or NR 15a R 15b ; and R 16 represents Ci -2 -alkyl;
  • R 15a represents d -3 -alkyl
  • R 15b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl; or R 15 represents Ci -2 -alkyl; and R 16 represents Ci -4 -alkyl, or NR 16a R 16b ;
  • R 16a represents Ci -3 -alkyl
  • R 16b represents hydrogen, or Ci -2 -alkyl
  • R 17 represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 18 represents Ci -2 -alkyl, or methoxy
  • R ,19 represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 20 represents Ci -2 -alkyl; with the exception of 3-(2-ethyl-4-pyridyl)-5-(2-ethyl-4-pyridyl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazole (US 3,647,809).
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to embodiment i), wherein R 2 represents hydrogen, or Ci -4 -alkyl.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to eemmbbcodiment i) or ii), wherein if R 2 or R 4 represents hydrogen, R 12 represents Ci-2- alkyl.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to iii), wherein
  • R 1 represents Ci -5 -alkyl, Ci -4 -alkoxy, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl, or NR 1a R 1b ;
  • R 1a represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 1b represents hydrogen, or Ci- 3 -alkyl; or R 1a and R 1b , together with the nitrogen that is attached to the pyridine, form a pyrrolidine ring;
  • R 2 represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 3 represents Ci -5 -alkyl
  • R 4 represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 5 represents Ci -5 -alkyl
  • R 6 represents methyl
  • R 5 represents methyl, or methoxy
  • R 6 represents Ci -5 -alkyl
  • R 7 represents Ci -5 -alkyl
  • R 8 represents Ci-2-alkyl
  • R 9 represents Ci -5 -alkyl
  • R 10 represents Ci -2 -alkyl
  • A represents
  • R 11 represents Ci -4 -alkyl, hydroxymethyl, or NR 11a R 11b ;
  • R 11a represents Ci -3 -alkyl
  • R 11b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl
  • R 12 represents Ci -2 -alkyl
  • R 13 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR 13a R 13b ;
  • R 13a represents Ci -3 -alkyl
  • R 13b represents hydrogen, or d -2 -alkyl; and R 14 represents Ci -2 -alkyl.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to iii), wherein Pyridine 1 represents
  • R 1 represents Ci -5 -alkyl, Ci -4 -alkoxy, C 3- 6-cycloalkyl, or NR 1a R 1b ;
  • R 1a represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 1b represents hydrogen, or d -3 -alkyl
  • R 2 represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 3 represents Ci -5 -alkyl, Ci -4 -alkoxy, or NR 3a R 3b ;
  • R 3a represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 3b represents hydrogen, or Ci -3 -alkyl
  • R 4 represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 5 represents Ci -2 -alkyl
  • R 6 represents Ci -5 -alkyl, or NR 6a R 6b , R 6a represents Ci -4 -alkyl;
  • R 6b represents hydrogen, or Ci -3 -alkyl
  • R 7 represents Ci -5 -alkyl
  • R 8 represents methyl
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to iv), wherein Pyridine 1 represents
  • R 1 represents C 2-5 -alkyl, C 2-3 -alkoxy, cyclopentyl, or NR 1a R 1b ;
  • R 1a represents Ci-3-alkyl;
  • R 1b represents Ci -2 -alkyl, or hydrogen;
  • R 2 represents Ci -2 -alkyl;
  • R 3 represents C 2-4 -alkyl
  • R 4 represents Ci -2 -alkyl
  • R 5 represents methyl
  • R 6 represents C 2-4 -alkyl
  • R 7 represents C 2-4 -alkyl
  • R 8 represents methyl.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to vi), wherein Pyridine 1 represents
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to vii), wherein R 1 represents C2-5-alkyl, C2-3-alkoxy, cyclopentyl, or NR 1a R 1b , wherein R 1a represents Ci- 3 -alkyl and R 1b represents hydrogen, or Ci -2 -alkyl (especially R 1 represents C 2-5 -alkyl, or NR 1a R 1b , wherein R 1a represents Ci -3 -alkyl and R 1b represents hydrogen); and R 2 represents Ci -2 -alkyl.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to vii), wherein R 1 represents C2-5-alkyl, and R 2 represents Ci -2 -alkyl.
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to vii), wherein R 1 represents NR 1a R 1b , wherein R 1a represents d -3 -alkyl and R 1b represents hydrogen; and R 2 represents Ci -2 -alkyl.
  • xii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to iii) and v) to xi), wherein Pyridine 2 represents wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine 2 ring is bound to A;
  • R 11 represents Ci -4 -alkyl, hydroxymethyl, or NR 11a R 11b ;
  • R 11a represents Ci- 3 -alkyl
  • R 11b represents hydrogen, or d -2 -alkyl
  • R 12 represents Ci -2 -alkyl
  • R 13 represents Ci -4 -alkyl, or NR 13a R 13b ;
  • R 13a represents d -3 -alkyl
  • R 13b represents hydrogen, or Ci- 2 -alkyl
  • R 14 represents Ci-2-alkyl
  • R 15 represents Ci -4 -alkyl
  • R 16 represents Ci -2 -alkyl
  • R 15 represents Ci -2 -alkyl
  • R 16 represents Ci -4 -alkyl, or NR 16a R 16b ;
  • R 16a represents Ci -3 -alkyl
  • R 16b represents hydrogen, or Ci -2 -alkyl.
  • xiii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to iii) and v) to xi), wherein Pyridine 2 represents
  • R 11 represents Ci -2 -alkyl, hydroxymethyl, or NR 11a R 11b ;
  • R 11a represents methyl
  • R 11b represents hydrogen, or methyl
  • R 12 represents methyl
  • R 13 represents Ci -3 -alkyl, or NR 13a R 13b ;
  • R 13a represents Ci -3 -alkyl
  • R 13b represents hydrogen;
  • R 14 represents methyl;
  • R 15 represents methyl
  • R 16 represents Ci -2 -alkyl, or NR 16a R 16b ;
  • R 16a represents methyl
  • R 16b represents hydrogen
  • xiv) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to xiii), wherein Pyridine 2 represents
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to xiii), wherein Pyridine 2 represents
  • Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to xv), wherein R 11 represents methyl, ethyl, hydroxymethyl, methylamino, or dimethylamino (especially R 11 represents methyl, ethyl, or methylamino); and R 12 represents methyl.
  • xvii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to xv), wherein R 11 represents methyl, or ethyl; and R 12 represents methyl.
  • xviii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to xiv), wherein R 13 represents Ci -3 -alkyl, or NR 13a R 13b , wherein R 13a represents Ci -3 -alkyl and R 13b represents hydrogen; and R 14 represents methyl.
  • Preferred pyridine compounds according to Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
  • Additional preferred pyridine compounds according to Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of: 2-isopropoxy-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyhdine;
  • the compounds of Formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be used as medicaments, e.g. in the form of pharmaceutical compositions for enteral or parenteral administration and are suitable for decreasing the number of circulating lymphocytes and for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases or disorders associated with an activated immune system.
  • the production of the pharmaceutical compositions can be effected in a manner which will be familiar to any person skilled in the art (see for example Remington,
  • Diseases or disorders associated with an activated immune system which can be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of Formula (I) include rejection of transplanted organs, tissue or cells; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis; systemic lupus erythematosus; antiphospholipid syndrome; Hashimoto's thyroiditis; lymphocytic thyroiditis; multiple sclerosis; myasthenia gravis; type I diabetes; uveitis; episcleritis; sclehtis; Kawasaki's disease, uveo-retinitis; posterior uveitis; uveitis associated with Behcet's disease; uveomeningitis syndrome; allergic encephalomyelitis; chronic allograft vasculopathy; post-infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonephritis; inflammatory and hyperproliferative skin diseases; psori
  • Preferred diseases or disorders to be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of rejection of transplanted organs such as kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, cornea, and skin; graft-versus- host diseases brought about by stem cell transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, thyroiditis such as Hashimoto's thyroiditis, uveo-retinitis; atopic diseases such as rhinitis, conjunctivitis, dermatitis; asthma; type I diabetes; post-infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonephritis; solid cancers and tumor metastasis.
  • transplanted organs such as kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, cornea, and skin
  • diseases or disorders to be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of rejection of transplanted organs selected from kidney, liver, heart and lung; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by stem cell transplantation; autoimmune syndromes selected from rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, Crohn's disease, and Hashimoto's thyroiditis; and atopic dermatitis.
  • diseases or disorders to be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from multiple sclerosis and psoriasis.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for the prevention or treatment of a disease or disorder mentioned herein comprising administering to a subject a pharmaceutically active amount of a compound of Formula (I).
  • compounds of the Formula (I) are also useful, in combination with one or several immunomodulating agents, for the prevention and/or treatment of the diseases and disorders mentioned herein.
  • said agents are selected from the group consisting of immunosuppressants, corticosteroids, NSAID's, cytotoxic drugs, adhesion molecule inhibitors, cytokines, cytokine inhibitors, cytokine receptor antagonists and recombinant cytokine receptors.
  • the present invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I) for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition, optionally for use in combination with one or several immunomodulating agents, for the prevention or treatment of the diseases and disorders mentioned herein.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) can be manufactured by the methods given below, by the methods given in the Examples or by analogous methods. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvents used, but such conditions can be determined by a person skilled in the art by routine optimisation procedures.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) which represent a [1 ,2,4]oxadiazole derivative, are prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 1 in a solvent such as dioxane, THF, dimethoxyethane, xylene, toluene, benzene, pyridine, DMF, dichloromethane, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, etc. at rt or elevated temperatures in the presence or absence of auxiliaries such as acids (e.g. TFA, acetic acid, HCI, etc.), bases
  • tetraalkylammonium salts e.g. NaH, NaOAc, Na2CO3, K2CO3, triethylamine, etc.
  • water removing agents e.g. oxalyl chloride, a carboxylic acid anhydride, POCI3,
  • PCI 5 P 4 OiO, molecular sieves, methoxycarbonylsulfamoyl triethylammonium hydroxide (Burgess reagent), etc.) (Lit.: e.g. A. R. Gangloff, J. Litvak, E. J. Shelton,
  • Compounds of Structure 1 may be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 2 with a compound of Structure 3 in a solvent such as DMF, THF, DCM, etc. in the presence or absence of one or more coupling agents such as TBTU, DCC, EDC, HBTU, HOBt, CDI, PyBOP, etc. and in the presence or absence of a base such as triethylamine, DIPEA, NaH, K 2 CO 3 , etc. (Lit.: e.g. A. Hamze, J.-F. Hernandez, P. Fulcrand, J. Martinez, J. Org. Chem. 68 (2003) 7316-7321 ; and the literature cited above).
  • a solvent such as DMF, THF, DCM, etc.
  • one or more coupling agents such as TBTU, DCC, EDC, HBTU, HOBt, CDI, PyBOP, etc.
  • a base such as triethylamine, DIPEA, NaH, K 2 CO
  • Compounds of Structure 3 may be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 4 with hydroxylamine or one of its salts in a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, pyridine, etc. in the presence or absence of a base such as Na 2 COs, K 2 COs, triethylamine, KOtBu, etc. (Lit.: e.g. T. Suzuki, K. Iwaoka, N. Imanishi, Y. Nagakura,
  • a compound of Structure 4 may be prepared from a compound of Structure 5. Methods that effect the transformation of a compound of Structure 4 into a compound of Structure 5, or the opposite, are known to a person skilled in the art.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) which represent a [1 ,3,4]oxadiazole or [1 ,3,4]thiadiazole derivative are prepared similarly by reacting a compound of Structure 2 with hydrazine (by using a coupling reagent such as TBTU, DCC, EDC, HBTU, PyBOP, HOBt, CDI, etc.) to form a compound of Structure 6 which is then coupled with a compound of Structure 5 to give a compound of Structure 7.
  • a compound of Structure 7 can also be prepared by following the reverse reaction order i.e. by first coupling a compound of Structure 5 with hydrazine followed by reacting the corresponding hydrazide intermediate with a compound of Structure 2.
  • Dehydration of a compound of Structure 7 to form the desired [1 ,3,4]oxadiazole derivative is affected by treating a compound of Structure 7 with a reagent such as POCI3, CCI 4 or CBr 4 in combination with triphenylphosphine, P 2 O 5 , Burgess reagent, etc. in a solvent such as toluene, acetonithle, dioxane, THF, CHCI3, etc. at temperatures between 20 and 120 0 C in the presence or absence of microwave irradiation.
  • a reagent such as POCI3, CCI 4 or CBr 4 in combination with triphenylphosphine, P 2 O 5 , Burgess reagent, etc.
  • a solvent such as toluene, acetonithle, dioxane, THF, CHCI3, etc.
  • [1 ,3,4]thiadiazole derivatives are obtained by cyclising a compound of Structure 7 with Lawesson's reagent optionally in combination with P 2 S 5 in the presence or absence of a solvent such as pyridine, toluene, THF, acetonithle, etc. at elevated temperatures with or without microwave irradiation (Lit.: e.g. A. A. Kiryanov, P. Sampson, A. J. Seed, J. Org. Chem. 66 (2001 ) 7925-7929; Org. Prep. Proc. Int. 37 (2005) 213-222).
  • Compounds of Formula (I) which represent an oxazole or a thiazole derivative are prepared by treating a compound of Structure 8 either with POCI3, PCI 5 , b in combination with triphenylphosphine and triethylamine, trifluoracetic anhydride, Burgess reagent, etc. in a solvent such as toluene, benzene, dioxane, THF, etc. at temperatures between 20 and 120 0 C, or with Lawesson's reagent, optionally in combination with P2S5, in the presence or absence of a solvent such as pyridine, toluene, THF, acetonithle, etc.
  • a solvent such as toluene, benzene, dioxane, THF, etc.
  • the compounds of Structure 8 are prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 9 with a compound of Structure 5.
  • the aminoketon of Structure 9 can be prepared from a compound of Structure 2 by procedures given in the literature (e.g. J. L. LaMattina, J. Heterocyclic Chem.
  • bonds between the pyridine or the phenylring and the central 5- membered heteroaromatic ring can also be formed by applying palladium catalysed cross coupling reactions.
  • protecting groups are known to a person skilled in the art and include e.g. a benzyl, a THP or a thalkylsilyl group to protect an alcohol, or a BOC group to protect an amine, etc. These protecting groups may be employed according to standard methodology (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Edition, Wiley New York, 1991 ; P. J. Kocienski, Protecting Groups, Thieme Stuttgart, 1994).
  • a 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid ester (Structure 10, below) with an alkyl Ghgnard reagent in the presence of Fe(acac) 3 in a solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, NMP, etc., or combinations thereof, at temperatures ranging from -78 to 25°C (F ⁇ rstner conditions, Lit.: e.g. A. F ⁇ rstner, A. Leitner, M. Mendez, H. Krause J. Am. Chem. Soc. 124 (2002) 13856-13863; A. F ⁇ rstner, A. Leitner, Angew. Chem. 114 (2002) 632-635).
  • a solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, NMP, etc.
  • the reaction conditions can be chosen such that either the 2-chloro-6-alkyl-isonicotinic acid ester or the 2,6-dialkyl- isonicotinic acid ester is obtained as the main product.
  • the two chlorine atoms in a 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid ester may also be substituted either sequentially or in one step by two alk-1 -enyl groups, which may be the same or different, by treating 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid ester with the appropriate alkenyl boron derivative under Suzuki coupling conditions known to a person skilled in the art.
  • the obtained 2,6-di-alkenyl-isonicotinic acid ester is hydrogenated to the corresponding 2,6- dialkyl-isonicotinic acid ester.
  • a procedure in which the F ⁇ rstner and the Suzuki conditions are employed sequentially can be envisaged.
  • the 2,6-dichloro- isonicotinic acid esters or the 2-chloro-6-alkyl-isonicotinic acid esters may also be treated with an alcohol or an alcoholate at elevated temperatures to furnish the corresponding 2-chloro-6-alkoxy-isonicotinic acid esters or 2-alkoxy-6-alkyl- isonicotinic acid esters (Lit.: e.g. N. Wild, U. Groth, Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2003, 4445- 4449).
  • cleavage of the ester functionality delivers the compounds of Structure 2.
  • R 1 represents NR 1a R 1b
  • R 1b may be prepared by reacting a 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid ester (Structure 10, wherein R represents a Ci -4 -alkyl, preferably an isopropyl or a tert.-butyl group) with the appropriate amine NHR 1a R 2b in the presence or absence of an additional solvent such as THF, dioxane, ethanol, etc., preferably at temperatures above 50 0 C to give a compound of Structure 11.
  • the compounds of Structure 11 can then be reacted with the appropriate alkyl-Zn reagent (e.g.
  • compounds of the Structure 12 may be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 11 with an alkyl Ghgnard reagent in the presence of Fe(acac)3 in a solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, NMP, etc., or combinations thereof, at temperatures ranging from -78 to 25°C (F ⁇ rstner conditions, see above).
  • the corresponding compounds of Structure 12 can also be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 11 with an alkenyl boron derivative (e.g. 2,4,6-trivinyl-cyclothboroxane) under Suzuki conditions (Lit: e.g. F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea, J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ). The obtained 2-amino-6-alkenyl-isonicotinic acid derivative is hydrogenated to the corresponding compound of Structure 12.
  • an alkenyl boron derivative e.g. 2,4,6-trivinyl-cyclothboroxane
  • the compounds of Structure 12 may also be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 13 with the appropriate amine NHR 1a R 1b under Buchwald- Hartwig conditions (Lit.: e.g. J. P. Wolfe, H. Tomori, J. P. Sadighi, J. Yin, S. L. Buchwald, J. Org. Chem. 65 (2000) 1158-1174; S. Wagaw, S. L. Buchwald, J. Org. Chem. 61 (1996) 7240-7241 ; M. C. Harris, O. Geis, S. L. Buchwald, J. Org. Chem. 64 (1999) 6019-6022; S. R. Stauffer, S. Lee, J. P. Stambuli, S. I.
  • Compounds of Structure 13 or their corresponding acids are either commercially available or may be prepared by reacting a 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid ester (Structure 10) with an alkyl Grignard reagent under F ⁇ rstner conditions (see above) or with an alkyl-Zn reagent under Negishi conditions. Reacting a compound of Structure 10 with an alkenyl boron derivative under Suzuki conditions, treating the corresponding alkenyl-chloro- isonicotinic acid ester with an amine NHR 1a R 1b under Buchwald-Hartwig conditions and subsequent hydrogenation may also give access to compounds of Structure 12.
  • the residues R 1a and R 1b may also be introduced by sequencial alkylation and/or reductive amination of a compound of Structure 14 (Lit.: e.g. N. Finch, T. R. Campbell, C. W. Gemenden, H. J. Povalski, J. Med. Chem. 23 (1980) 1405-1410) which may be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 13 with ammonia in a solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, THF, etc. at elevated temperatures. ine ⁇ Structure 14 Structure 15
  • R 1b represents hydrogen
  • the corresponding pyridine derivatives that may occur in the course of the synthesis of compounds of Formula (I) may require temporary protection at the secondary amine function.
  • Compounds of Structure 2 and Structure 5 that represent an isonicotinic acid wherein R 1 and R 11 represent hydroxymethyl, respectively, may be prepared from a corresponding 2-alkyl-isonicotinic acid ester (e.g. methyl ester) using the Minisci reaction (Lit.: e.g. R. B. Katz, J. Mistry, M. B. Mitchell, Synth. Commun. 19 (1989) 317-325; M. A. A. Biyouki, R. A. J. Smith, J. J. Bedford, J. P. Leader, Synth. Commun. 28 (1998) 3817-3825).
  • Minisci reaction Li.: e.g. R. B. Katz, J. Mistry, M. B. Mitchell, Synth. Commun. 19 (1989) 317-325; M. A. A. Biyouki, R. A. J. Smith, J. J. Bedford, J. P. Leader, Synth. Commun. 28 (1998) 3817-3825
  • Compounds of the Structure 2 wherein Pyridine j represents _* may be prepared by reacting a ⁇ . ⁇ -dichloronicotinic acid ester with an alkyl Grignard reagent in the presence of Fe(acac)3 in a solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, NMP, etc., or combinations thereof, at temperatures ranging from -78 to 25°C (F ⁇ rstner conditions, Lit.: e.g. A. F ⁇ rstner, A. Leitner, M. Mendez, H. Krause, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 124 (2002) 13856-13863; A. F ⁇ rstner, A. Leitner, Angew. Chem.
  • the reaction conditions can be chosen such that either the 5- chloro-6-alkyl-nicotinic acid ester or the 5,6-dialkyl-nicotinic acid ester is obtained as the main product.
  • the two chlorine atoms in a 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid ester may also be substituted either sequentially or in one step by two alk-1 -enyl groups, which may be the same or different, by treating 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid ester with the appropriate alkenyl boron derivative under Suzuki coupling conditions known to a person skilled in the art.
  • the obtained 5,6-di-alkenyl-nicotinic acid ester is hydrogenated to the corresponding 5,6-dialkyl-nicotinic acid ester.
  • a procedure in which the F ⁇ rstner and the Suzuki conditions are employed sequentially can be envisaged.
  • chloronicotinic acids may also be transformed to the corresponding alkylnicotinic acid using the Negishi reaction (see above).
  • the 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid ester may also be treated with an alcohol or an alcoholate at elevated temperatures to furnish the corresponding 5-chloro-6- alkoxy-nicotinic acid esters.
  • cleavage of the ester functionality delivers the compounds of Structure 2.
  • compounds of Structure 2 wherein R 4 represents a methyl group, can be prepared from a compound of Structure 16 via formation of the corresponding 6- chloro-5-methyl-nicotinic acid esters using methods well known in the art, followed by derivatisation using F ⁇ rstner or Suzuki conditions as described above and subsequent cleavage of the ester function.
  • the compound of Structure 16 can be prepared from known 6-chloro-3-formyl-5-methyl-pyridine (Lit.: e.g. EP-0702003 or as described herein) by oxidation of the formyl group to the carboxylic acid using oxidation reagents well known in the art such as aq. H2O2 in formic acid, KMnO 4 , etc.
  • the picolinic acid of Structure 17 may be prepared by treating a compound of Structure 18 (either commercially available or prepared in analogy to literature procedures e.g. T. Kaminski, P. Gros, Y. Fort, Eur. J. Org. Chem. 19 (2003) 3855- 3860; U. Ziener, E. Breuning, J. -M. Lehn, E. Wegelius, K. Rissanen, G. Baum, D. Fenske, G. Vaughan, Chemistry-A European Journal 6 (2000) 4132-4139; R.-A.
  • Structure 23 Structure 24 Structur 2,4,6-tr ⁇ alkenyl-cyclotr ⁇ - boroxane
  • a compound of Structure 23 (commercially available or may be prepared in analogy to literature procedures, e.g. P. Pierrat, P. Gros, Y. Fort, Synlett 2004, 2319-2322) is reacted with 2,4,6-trivinyl-cyclotriboroxane under Suzuki conditions to form a compound of Structure 24, which is oxidised and esterified to a compound of Structure 25.
  • Suzuki reaction with the appriopriate 2,4,6-trialkenyl- cyclotriboroxane, hydrogenation and saponification or Negishi reaction with the appropriate alkyl-Zn-reagent followed by saponification of a compound of Structure 26 furnish the compounds of Structure 22.
  • a compound of Structure 29 is treated with 2,4,6-trivinyl-cyclotriboroxane under Suzuki conditions to give a compound of Structure 30.
  • Oxidation followed by saponification gives the corresponding compound of Structure 31.
  • Suzuki reaction with the appriopriate 2,4,6-trialkenyl-cyclotriboroxane, hydrogenation and saponification or Negishi reaction with the appropriate alkyl-Zn-reagent followed by saponification furnishes the desired compounds of Structure 33.
  • Compounds of Structure 29, wherein R 10 represents a methyl group are commercially available.
  • Compounds of Structure 29, wherein R 10 represents an ethyl group can be prepared following literature procedures (e.g. T. Hanazawa, M. Hirano, T.
  • the desired residues R 1 to R 20 may also be introduced in later steps that follow establishing of the Pyridine 1 -A-Pyridine 2 scaffold.
  • the enantiomers can be separated using methods known to one skilled in the art: e.g. by formation and separation of diastereomeric salts or by HPLC over a chiral stationary phase such as a Regis Whelk-O1 (R 1 R) (10 ⁇ m) column, a Daicel ChiralCel OD-H (5-10 ⁇ m) column, or a Daicel ChiralPak IA (10 ⁇ m) or AD-H (5 ⁇ m) column.
  • Typical conditions of chiral HPLC are an isocratic mixture of eluent A (EtOH, in presence or absence of an amine such as triethylamine, diethylamine) and eluent B (hexane), at a flow rate of 0.8 to 150 mL/min.
  • Racemates can be separated into their enantiomers by preparative HPLC (column: ChiralPaK AD 20x250 mm, 5 ⁇ m, 15% ethanol in hexane).
  • Abbreviations (as used herein): aq. aqueous atm atmosphere
  • the other half of the Grignard reagent is added, the mixture turns dark green-brown and is warmed to rt and stirred for 16 h.
  • the mixture is cooled to -50°C and another portion of the Grignard reagent (2.24 g, 13.5 mmol) is added.
  • the reaction mixture is warmed to rt, stirred for 16 h and then carefully quenched with 1 N aq. HCI (100 mL) and diluted with diethyl ether.
  • the org. layer is separated and the aq. phase is extracted with diethyl ether.
  • the combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated.
  • the reaction mixture is warmed to rt, stirred for 16 h and then carefully quenched with 1 N aq. HCI (100 ml_) and diluted with diethyl ether.
  • the org. layer is separated and the aq. phase is extracted with diethyl ether.
  • the combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated.
  • the crude product is purified by MPLC on silica gel to give 2-ethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester as a yellow oil which is dissolved in 4 N HCI in dioxane (50 mL).
  • a precipitate forms and the mixture is diluted with EA (200 mL) and filtered through celite. The filtrate is transferred into a separatory funnel. The org. phase is collected and the aq. phase is extracted with EA (120 mL). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • 2,6-Diisobutyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride is prepared starting from 2,6-dichloro- isonicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester and 2,4,6-th-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cycloboroxane pyridine complex in analogy to 2,6-diethyl-isonicotinic acid;
  • 2,4,6-Tri-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cycloboroxane pyridine complex (594 mg, 1.83 mmol) is then added to the mixture and stirring is continued at 100 0 C for 15 h.
  • the mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with 1 N aq. NaOH solution and extracted twice with diethyl ether.
  • the org. extracts are washed with 1 N aq. NaOH solution (2x30 ml_), and brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated.
  • ammonium peroxidilsulfate (NH 4 J 2 S 2 O 8 ; 1.33 g, 5.83 mmol) in water (3 ml_) is added and refluxing is continued for 3 h before a third portion of ammonium peroxidilsulfate ((NH 4 ) 2 S 2 Os; 0.65 g, 2.91 mmol) in water (1.5 ml_) is added. Refluxing is continued for 2 h, the mixture is cooled to rt and the methanol is removed under reduced pressure. The remaining mixture is diluted with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 -solution (100 ml_), extracted with EA (3x150 ml_) and washed with sat. aq.
  • P(tert.-Bu)3 (30 mg, 0.15 mmol) and 2,4,6-trivinylcyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (722 mg, 3.00 mmol, prepared according to F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ) is added.
  • the mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd2(dba)3 (82 mg, 0.09 mmol) is added.
  • the mixture is stirred at 100°C for 15 h before it is cooled to rt and filtered over a short silica gel pad eluting with DCM. The filtrate is concentrated and purified on prep.
  • the title compound can be obtained by hydrolising 6-isopropoxy-5-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester according to the procedure given in step d) of the preparation of 5,6-diisobutyl-nicotinic acid.
  • the mixture is degassed and flushed with N 2 before Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (460 mg, 0.4 mmol) is added.
  • the mixture is stirred at 90 0 C for 20 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with EA (150 mL) and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 (2 x 50 mL).
  • the org. extract is dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated.
  • ⁇ -lsopropylamino- ⁇ -methyl-nicotinic acid a) To a solution of ⁇ -chloro- ⁇ -nnethyl-nicotinic acid (21.64 g, 126 mmol) in isopropanol (450 ml_), trimethylsilyl chloride (160 ml_) is added dropwise. Upon completion of the addition, the mixture is heated to 70 0 C and stirring is continued for 18 h. The mixture is diluted with diethyl ether (500 ml_) and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution (5x50 ml_). The washings are extracted back with diethyl ether (100 ml_). The combined org.
  • the dark mixture is stirred at rt for 16 h.
  • Another portion of NMP (3.0 g, 30.2 mmol), Fe(acac)3 (498 mg, 1.41 mmol) and methylmagnesium bromide (1.44 g, 12.1 mmol) is added and stirring is continued at rt for one more hour.
  • the reaction mixture is diluted with EA (200 mL) and carefully quenched with ice-water (100 mL).
  • the suspension is basified by adding 1 N aq. NaOH solution (10 mL) and filtered over a small pad of Hyflo and silica gel.
  • the org. phase of the filtrate is separated and collected and the aq. phase is extracted with DCM (3x100 mL). The org.
  • the title compound is commercially available.
  • 2,4,6-thvinyl-cyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (8.63 g, 35.9 mmol) and 2 N aq. K 2 CO3-solution (36 ml_) is added.
  • the mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (746 mg, 0.646 mmol) is added.
  • the mixture is stirred at 80 0 C for 15 h, before it is cooled to rt, diluted with diethyl ether (50 ml_), washed with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 -solution (2x30 ml_), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • This material is suspended in ethanol (150 ml_) and H 2 SO 4 (2 ml_) is added until a clear solution forms.
  • the mixture is heated to 70 0 C for 18 h.
  • the mixture is carefully diluted with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution until a pH of 9 is reached.
  • the mixture is extracted three times with EA.
  • the combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • a solution of 6-diethylamino-4-methyl-py ⁇ dine-2-carbonithle (100 mg, 0.528 mmol) in 25% aq. HCI is stirred at 90 0 C for 18 h.
  • the mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EA.
  • the pH of the aq. phase is adjusted to pH 11 by adding 1 N aq. NaOH solution and the mixture is extracted with EA.
  • the pH of the aq. phase is adjusted to pH 7 by adding 1 N HCI and the solvent is evaporated.
  • the residue is suspended in DCM/methanol.
  • N-Hydroxy ⁇ -methoxy- ⁇ -methyl-isonicotinamidine a) Sulfuric acid (1 ml_) is added to a suspension of 2-chloro-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid (4.16 g, 22.2 mmol) in ethanol (20 ml_). The clear solution is stirred at 70 0 C for 18 h. The mixutre is neutralised by adding sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution and then extracted three times with EA (3x250 ml_). The combined org.
  • dimethyl zink 14.26 g, 149 mmol, 124 mL of a 1.2 M solution in toluene
  • dimethyl zink 14.26 g, 149 mmol, 124 mL of a 1.2 M solution in toluene
  • Pd(dppf) 203 mg, 0.249 mmol
  • dioxane 120 mL
  • Trimethylboroxine (2.84 g, 22.6 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (9.58 g, 29.4 mmol) and tri- tert.butyl phosphine (183 mg, 905 ⁇ mol) is added to a solution of 5-bromo-4-nnethyl- pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.52 g, 22.6 mmol, see 5-isobutyl-4-methyl- pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid) in dioxane (100 ml_).
  • the mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd 2 (dba) 3 (414 mg, 452 ⁇ mol) is added.
  • the grey suspension is stirred at 100 0 C for 18 h.
  • the mixture is filtered and another portion of trimethylboroxine (2.84 g, 22.6 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (9.58 g, 29.4 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (414 mg, 452 ⁇ mol) and tri-tert. butyl phosphine (183 mg, 905 ⁇ mol) is added to the filtrate.
  • the mixure is stirred at 100 0 C for 72 h before it is again filtered.
  • the filtrate is concentrated, diluted with DCM and washed with sat. Na 2 CO 3 solution (2x25 ml_) followed by brine (2x25 ml_).
  • Dimethyl zink (4.58 g, 48.0 mmol) is added to a solution of 5-bromo-6-methyl- pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (11.7 g, 48.0 mmol, see preparation of 5- isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid) and Pd(dppf) (392 mg, 0.48 mmol) in dioxane (40 ml_). The mixture becomes warm and is stirred at rt for 1 h. Another portion of dimethyl zink (4.58 g, 48.0 mmol) is added.
  • the mixture is stirred at 100 0 C for 2 h, then at 80 0 C for 72 h before it is cooled to rt, and diluted with EA (250 ml_) and ice-water (150 ml_).
  • EA 250 ml_
  • ice-water 150 ml_
  • the mixture is acidified with 2 N aq. HCI, the org. phase is separated and the aq. phase is extracted with EA (3x100 ml_) and DCM (2x75 ml_).
  • the combined org. extracts are dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • the mixture is diluted with EA, washed with sat. aq. NaHCO 3 , and concentrated.
  • the crude product is purified by chromatography on prep. TLC plates or by prep. HPLC to give the desired 2,5-dipyridyl- [1 ,3,4]thiadiazole in 3-44% yield.
  • Example 15 1 H NMR (CDCI 3 ): £2.51 (s, 3 H), 2.55 (s, 3 H), 3.19 (s, 6 H), 3.22 (s, 6 H), 7.07 (s, 2 H), 7.15 (s, 2 H).
  • the mixture is stirred for 2 h at 0 0 C and 15 h at rt before it is diluted with DCM, washed with water, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and the solvent of the filtrate is evaporated.
  • the crude product is purified by prep.
  • the mixture is stirred at rt for 4 h, diluted with EA (30 ml_), and washed with sat. aq. NaHCOs (15 ml_) and brine (15 ml_).
  • the org. extract is dried over Na2SO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • the crude product is purified on prep.
  • Example 130 GTP ⁇ S assay to determine EC 50 values GTP ⁇ S binding assays are performed in 96 well microtiter plates (Nunc, 442587) in a final volume of 200 ⁇ l, using membrane preparations of CHO cells expressing recombinant human S1 P1 receptor.
  • Assay conditions are 20 mM Hepes (Fluka, 54461 ), 100 mM NaCI (Fluka, 71378), 5 mM MgCI 2 (Fluka, 63064), 0.1 % BSA (Calbiochem, 126609), 1 ⁇ M GDP (Sigma, G-7127), 2.5% DMSO (Fluka, 41644), 50 pM 35 S-GTP ⁇ S (Amersham Biosciences, SJ1320). The pH is 7.4. Test compounds are dissolved and diluted in 100% DMSO and pre-incubated at room temperature for 30 min in 150 ⁇ l of the above assay buffer, in the absence of 35 S- GTP ⁇ S.
  • the assay is incubated for 1 h at rt.
  • the assay is terminated by transfer of the reaction mixture to a Multiscreen plate (Millipore, MAHFC1 H60) using a cell harvester from Packard Biosciences, and the plates are washed with ice-cold 10 mM Na 2 HPO 4 /NaH 2 PO 4 (70%/30%), dried, sealed at the bottom and, after addition of 25 ⁇ l MicroScint20 (Packard Biosciences, order# 6013621 ), sealed on the top.
  • Membrane-bound 35 S c -GTP ⁇ S is measured with a TopCount from Packard Biosciences.
  • EC 5 O is the concentration of agonist inducing 50 % of the maximal specific 35 S- GTP ⁇ S binding. Specific binding is determined by subtracting non-specific binding from maximal binding. Maximal binding is the amount of cpm bound to the Multiscreen plate in the presence of 10 ⁇ M of S1 P. Non-specific binding is the amount of binding in the absence of an agonist in the assay.
  • Agonistic activities (EC 50 values) of all exemplified compounds are in the range of 0.3 - 4250 nM with an average of 406 nM.
  • Agonistic activities, determined according to the method described above, of some compounds of Formula (I) are displayed in Table 1 :
  • the efficacy of the compounds of Formula (I) is assessed by measuring the circulating lymphocytes after oral administration of 3 to 30 mg/kg of a compound of Formula (I) to normotensive male Wistar rats.
  • the animals are housed in climate- controlled conditions with a 12 h-light/dark cycle, and have free access to normal rat chow and drinking water. Blood is collected before and 3, 6 and 24 h after drug administration. Full blood is subjected to hematology using Advia Hematology system (Bayer Diagnostics, Zurich, Switzerland).
  • Table 2 shows the effect on lymphocyte counts 6 h after oral administration of 10 mg/kg, or where indicated of 3 mg/kg, of some compounds of the present invention to normotensive male Wistar rats as compared to a group of animals treated with vehicle only.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to novel pyridine derivatives of formula (I), their preparation and their use as pharmaceutically active compounds. Said compounds particularly act as immunomodulating agents. Formula (I) wherein A represents and the other substituants are as defined in the claims.

Description

PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES AS S1P1/EDG1 RECEPTOR MODULATORS
Field of the invention
The present invention relates to S1 P1/EDG1 receptor agonists of Formula (I) and their use as active ingredients in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions. The invention also concerns related aspects including processes for the preparation of the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of the Formula (I), and their use as compounds improving vascular function and as immunomodulating agents, either alone or in combination with other active compounds or therapies.
Background of the invention
The human immune system is designed to defend the body against foreign microorganisms and substances that cause infection or disease. Complex regulatory mechanisms ensure that the immune response is targeted against the intruding substance or organism and not against the host. In some cases, these control mechanisms are unregulated and autoimmune responses can develop. A consequence of the uncontrolled inflammatory response is severe organ, cell, tissue or joint damage. With current treatment, the whole immune system is usually suppressed and the body's ability to react to infections is also severely compromised. Typical drugs in this class include azathioprine, chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide, cyclosporin, or methotrexate. Corticosteroids which reduce inflammation and suppress the immune response, may cause side effects when used in long term treatment. Nonsteroidal anti-infammatory drugs (NSAIDs) can reduce pain and inflammation, however, they exhibit considerable side effects. Alternative treatments include agents that activate or block cytokine signaling.
Orally active compounds with immunomodulating properties, without compromising immune responses and with reduced side effects would significantly improve current treatments of uncontrolled inflammatory disease. In the field of organ transplantation the host immune response must be suppressed to prevent organ rejection. Organ transplant recipients can experience some rejection even when they are taking immunosuppressive drugs. Rejection occurs most frequently in the first few weeks after transplantation, but rejection episodes can also happen months or even years after transplantation. Combinations of up to three or four medications are commonly used to give maximum protection against rejection while minimizing side effects. Current standard drugs used to treat the rejection of transplanted organs interfere with discrete intracellular pathways in the activation of T-type or B-type white blood cells. Examples of such drugs are cyclosporin, daclizumab, basiliximab, everolimus, or FK506, which interfere with cytokine release or signaling; azathiophne or leflunomide, which inhibit nucleotide synthesis; or 15-deoxyspergualin, an inhibitor of leukocyte differentiation.
The beneficial effects of broad immunosuppressive therapies relate to their effects; however, the generalized immunosuppression which these drugs produce diminishes the immune system's defense against infection and malignancies. Furthermore, standard immunosuppressive drugs are often used at high dosages and can cause or accelerate organ damage.
Description of the invention
The present invention provides novel compounds of Formula (I) that are agonists for the G protein-coupled receptor S1 P1/EDG1 and have a powerful and long- lasting immunomodulating effect which is achieved by reducing the number of circulating and infiltrating T- and B-lymphocytes, without affecting their maturation, memory, or expansion. The reduction of circulating T- / B-lymphocytes as a result of S1 P1/EDG1 agonism, possibly in combination with the observed improvement of endothelial cell layer function associated with S1 P1/EDG1 activation, makes such compounds useful to treat uncontrolled inflammatory disease and to improve vascular functionality.
The compounds of the present invention can be utilized alone or in combination with standard drugs inhibiting T-cell activation, to provide a new immunomodulating therapy with a reduced propensity for infections when compared to standard immunosuppressive therapy. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention can be used in combination with reduced dosages of traditional immunosuppressant therapies, to provide on the one hand effective immunomodulating activity, while on the other hand reducing end organ damage associated with higher doses of standard immunosuppressive drugs. The observation of improved endothelial cell layer function associated with S1 P1/EDG1 activation provides additional benefits of compounds to improve vascular function.
The nucleotide sequence and the amino acid sequence for the human S1 P1/EDG1 receptor are known in the art and are published in e.g.: HIa, T., and Maciag, T. J.
Biol Chem. 265 (1990), 9308-9313; WO 91/15583 published 17 October 1991 ; WO
99/46277 published 16 September 1999. The potency and efficacy of the compounds of Formula (I) are assessed using a GTPγS assay to determine EC5O values and by measuring the circulating lymphocytes in the rat after oral administration, respectively (see in Examples).
The general terms used hereinbefore and hereinafter preferably have, within this disclosure, the following meanings, unless otherwise indicated:
The term "Cx-y-alkyl" (x and y each being an integer), refers to a saturated straight or branched chain alkyl group containing x to y carbon atoms. For example a Ci-5- alkyl group contains from one to five carbon atoms. Representative examples of Ci- 5-alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /so-propyl, n-butyl, /so-butyl, sec- butyl, te/t-butyl, n-pentyl, /so-pentyl, 3-pentyl, and 2,2,2-trimethylethyl. Preferred examples of Ci-5-alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /so-propyl, n-butyl, /so- butyl, and 3-pentyl. Preferred examples of Ci-4-alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, n- propyl, /so-propyl, n-butyl, and /so-butyl. Preferred examples of C2-5-alkyl groups are ethyl, n-propyl, /so-propyl, /so-butyl, and 3-pentyl. Preferred examples of C2-4- alkyl groups are ethyl, n-propyl, /so-propyl, and /so-butyl. Preferred examples of Ci- 3-alkyl groups are methyl and ethyl.
The term "Cx-y-alkoxy" (x and y each being an integer), used alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl-O- group wherein the alkyl group refers to a straight or branched chain alkyl group containing x to y carbon atoms. For example a Ci-4- alkoxy group contains from one to four carbon atoms. Representative examples of Ci-4-alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, /so-propoxy, n-butoxy, iso- butoxy, sec-butoxy and te/f-butoxy. Preferred examples of C2-4-alkoxy groups are ethoxy, n-propoxy, and /so-propoxy. A preferred example of a Ci-3-alkoxy group is methoxy.
The term "Cx-y-cycloalkyl" (x and y each being an integer), used alone or in combination, refers to a cycloalkyl group containing x to y carbon atoms. For example a Cs-β-cycloalkyl group contains from three to six carbon atoms. Representative examples of C3-6-cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. Preferred are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopentyl. Most preferred is cyclopentyl.
The compounds of Formula (I) may contain one or more stereogenic or asymmetric centers, such as one or more asymmetric carbon atoms. The compounds of Formula (I) may thus be present as mixtures of stereoisomers or preferably as pure stereoisomers. Mixtures of stereoisomers may be separated in a manner known to a person skilled in the art.
Any reference hereinbefore or hereinafter to a compound of Formula (I) is to be understood as referring also to salts, especially pharmaceutically acceptable salts, of a compound of Formula (I), as appropriate and expedient.
Where the plural form is used for compounds, salts, pharmaceutical compositions, diseases and the like, this is intended to mean also a single compound, salt, or the like.
Salts are preferably the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of Formula (I). The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to non-toxic, inorganic or organic acid and/or base addition salts. Reference can be made to "Salt selection for basic drugs", Int. J. Pharm. (1986), 33, 201 -217.
i) The invention relates to novel pyridine compounds of Formula (I),
Pyridine1 — A — Pyridine2
Formula (I) wherein
Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine1 ring is bound to A;
R1 represents Ci-5-alkyl, Ci-4-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl, hydroxymethyl, or NR1aR1b;
R1a represents Ci-4-alkyl; R1b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl; or R1a and R1b, together with the nitrogen that is attached to the pyridine, form a pyrrolidine ring; R2 represents hydrogen, or Ci-4-alkyl, or in case R1 represents Ci-5-alkyl or C3-6- cycloalkyl, R2 may in addition represent methoxy;
R3 represents Ci-5-alkyl, Ci-4-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl, or NR3aR3b; R3a represents Ci-4-alkyl; R3b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl; R4 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or hydrogen;
R5 represents Ci-5-alkyl, methoxy, or NR5aR5b; and R6 represents Ci-2-alkyl; R5a represents Ci-4-alkyl; R5b represents hydrogen, or d-3-alkyl; or R5 represents Ci-2-alkyl, or methoxy; and R6 represents Ci-5-alkyl, or NR6aR6b;
R6a represents Ci-4-alkyl; R6b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl;
R7 represents Ci-5-alkyl;
R8 represents Ci-2-alkyl, or methoxy;
R9 represents Ci-5-alkyl; R10 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
A represents
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the Pyridine1 ring;
Pyridine2 represents
Figure imgf000008_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine ring is bound to A;
R11 represents Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-3-alkoxy, hydroxymethyl, or NR11aR11b; R11a represents Ci-3-alkyl; R11b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl; R12 represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl;
R13 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR13aR13b; R13a represents Ci-3-alkyl; R13b represents hydrogen, or d-2-alkyl; R14 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R15 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR15aR15b; and R16 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R15a represents d-3-alkyl;
R15b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl; or R15 represents Ci-2-alkyl; and R16 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR16aR16b;
R16a represents Ci-3-alkyl; R16b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl;
R17 represents Ci-4-alkyl;
R18 represents Ci-2-alkyl, or methoxy;
R ,19 represents Ci-4-alkyl; and R20 represents Ci-2-alkyl; with the exception of 3-(2-ethyl-4-pyridyl)-5-(2-ethyl-4-pyridyl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazole (US 3,647,809).
ii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to embodiment i), wherein R2 represents hydrogen, or Ci-4-alkyl.
iii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to eemmbbcodiment i) or ii), wherein if R2 or R4 represents hydrogen, R12 represents Ci-2- alkyl.
iv) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to iii), wherein
Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000009_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine1 ring is bound to A;
R1 represents Ci-5-alkyl, Ci-4-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl, or NR1aR1b;
R1a represents Ci-4-alkyl;
R1b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl; or R1a and R1b, together with the nitrogen that is attached to the pyridine, form a pyrrolidine ring;
R2 represents Ci-4-alkyl; R3 represents Ci-5-alkyl; R4 represents Ci-4-alkyl;
R5 represents Ci-5-alkyl; and R6 represents methyl; or
R5 represents methyl, or methoxy; and R6 represents Ci-5-alkyl;
R7 represents Ci-5-alkyl; R8 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R9 represents Ci-5-alkyl; R10 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
A represents
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein the asterisk indicates the bond that is linked to the Pyridine1 ring;
Pyridine2 represents
Figure imgf000010_0002
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine2 ring is bound to A;
R11 represents Ci-4-alkyl, hydroxymethyl, or NR11aR11b;
R11a represents Ci-3-alkyl; R11b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl;
R12 represents Ci-2-alkyl; R13 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR13aR13b;
R13a represents Ci-3-alkyl;
R13b represents hydrogen, or d-2-alkyl; and R14 represents Ci-2-alkyl.
v) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to iii), wherein Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine1 ring is bound to A;
R1 represents Ci-5-alkyl, Ci-4-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl, or NR1aR1b;
R1a represents Ci-4-alkyl; R1b represents hydrogen, or d-3-alkyl;
R2 represents Ci-4-alkyl;
R3 represents Ci-5-alkyl, Ci-4-alkoxy, or NR3aR3b;
R3a represents Ci-4-alkyl; R3b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl;
R4 represents Ci-4-alkyl;
R5 represents Ci-2-alkyl; R6 represents Ci-5-alkyl, or NR6aR6b, R6a represents Ci-4-alkyl;
R6b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl; R7 represents Ci-5-alkyl; and R8 represents methyl.
vi) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to iv), wherein Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine1 ring is bound to A;
R1 represents C2-5-alkyl, C2-3-alkoxy, cyclopentyl, or NR1aR1b; R1a represents Ci-3-alkyl; R1b represents Ci-2-alkyl, or hydrogen; R2 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R3 represents C2-4-alkyl; R4 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R5 represents methyl; R6 represents C2-4-alkyl;
R7 represents C2-4-alkyl; and
R8 represents methyl. vii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to vi), wherein Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000013_0001
wherein the asterisk marks the bond with which the Pyridine1 ring is bound to A.
viii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to vii), wherein R1 represents C2-5-alkyl, C2-3-alkoxy, cyclopentyl, or NR1aR1b, wherein R1a represents Ci-3-alkyl and R1b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl (especially R1 represents C2-5-alkyl, or NR1aR1b, wherein R1a represents Ci-3-alkyl and R1b represents hydrogen); and R2 represents Ci-2-alkyl.
ix) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to vii), wherein R1 represents C2-5-alkyl, and R2 represents Ci-2-alkyl.
x) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to vii), wherein R1 represents NR1aR1b, wherein R1a represents d-3-alkyl and R1b represents hydrogen; and R2 represents Ci-2-alkyl.
xi) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to x), wherein A represents
Figure imgf000013_0002
wherein the asterisk marks the bond that is linked to the Pyridine1 ring.
xii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to iii) and v) to xi), wherein Pyridine2 represents
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine2 ring is bound to A;
R11 represents Ci-4-alkyl, hydroxymethyl, or NR11aR11b;
R11a represents Ci-3-alkyl;
R11b represents hydrogen, or d-2-alkyl; R12 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R13 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR13aR13b;
R13a represents d-3-alkyl;
R13b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl; R14 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R15 represents Ci-4-alkyl, and R16 represents Ci-2-alkyl; or
R15 represents Ci-2-alkyl; and R16 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR16aR16b;
R16a represents Ci-3-alkyl; and
R16b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl.
xiii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to iii) and v) to xi), wherein Pyridine2 represents
Figure imgf000014_0002
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine2 ring is bound to A; R11 represents Ci-2-alkyl, hydroxymethyl, or NR11aR11b;
R11a represents methyl;
R11b represents hydrogen, or methyl; R12 represents methyl;
R13 represents Ci-3-alkyl, or NR13aR13b;
R13a represents Ci-3-alkyl;
R13b represents hydrogen; R14 represents methyl;
R15 represents methyl;
R16 represents Ci-2-alkyl, or NR16aR16b;
R16a represents methyl; and
R16b represents hydrogen.
xiv) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to xiii), wherein Pyridine2 represents
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine2 ring is bound to A.
xv) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to xiii), wherein Pyridine2 represents
Figure imgf000015_0002
wherein the asterisk marks the bond with which the Pyridine2 ring is bound to A. xvi) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to xv), wherein R11 represents methyl, ethyl, hydroxymethyl, methylamino, or dimethylamino (especially R11 represents methyl, ethyl, or methylamino); and R12 represents methyl.
xvii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to xv), wherein R11 represents methyl, or ethyl; and R12 represents methyl.
xviii) Another embodiment of the invention relates to pyridine compounds according to any one of embodiments i) to xiv), wherein R13 represents Ci-3-alkyl, or NR13aR13b, wherein R13a represents Ci-3-alkyl and R13b represents hydrogen; and R14 represents methyl.
xix) Preferred pyridine compounds according to Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
2-ethyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
2-ethyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyhdine;
2-ethyl-4-[3-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine;
2-propyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyhdinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
2-propyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyhdine;
2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyhdinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine;
2-methylamino-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyhdine;
2-ethylamino-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyhdine; 2-isopropylamino-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyhdine;
2-diethylamino-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyhdinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyhdine; 2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-methylamino-6-methyl-4-pyπdinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine;
2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-isopropylamino-3-nnethyl-5-pyπdinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6- methyl-pyridine; and 2-(1 -ethyl-propyl)-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyhdine.
xx) Additional preferred pyridine compounds according to Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of: 2-isopropoxy-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyhdine;
2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyhdinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methoxy- pyhdine;
2,6-diethyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-pyhdine; 2,6-diethyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-pyridine;
2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-ethyl-pyridine;
2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyhdinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-ethyl-pyridine;
2-(3-pentyl)-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
2-cyclopentyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine; 6-methoxy-2-(3-pentyl)-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]- pyhdine;
2-cyclopentyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methoxy- pyhdine;
6-methyl-2-(3-pentyl)-4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-5-yl]-pyridine; and
6-methyl-2-(3-pentyl)-4-[2-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-5-yl]- pyhdine.
The compounds of Formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be used as medicaments, e.g. in the form of pharmaceutical compositions for enteral or parenteral administration and are suitable for decreasing the number of circulating lymphocytes and for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases or disorders associated with an activated immune system. The production of the pharmaceutical compositions can be effected in a manner which will be familiar to any person skilled in the art (see for example Remington,
The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21 st Edition (2005), Part 5, "Pharmaceutical Manufacturing" [published by Lippincott Williams & Wilkins]) by bringing the described compounds of Formula (I) or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, optionally in combination with other therapeutically valuable substances, into a galenical administration form together with suitable, non-toxic, inert, therapeutically compatible solid or liquid carrier materials and, if desired, usual pharmaceutical adjuvants.
Diseases or disorders associated with an activated immune system which can be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of Formula (I) include rejection of transplanted organs, tissue or cells; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis; systemic lupus erythematosus; antiphospholipid syndrome; Hashimoto's thyroiditis; lymphocytic thyroiditis; multiple sclerosis; myasthenia gravis; type I diabetes; uveitis; episcleritis; sclehtis; Kawasaki's disease, uveo-retinitis; posterior uveitis; uveitis associated with Behcet's disease; uveomeningitis syndrome; allergic encephalomyelitis; chronic allograft vasculopathy; post-infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonephritis; inflammatory and hyperproliferative skin diseases; psoriasis; psoriatic arthritis; atopic dermatitis; myopathy; myositis; osteomyelitis; contact dermatitis; eczematous dermatitis; seborrhoeic dermatitis; lichen planus; pemphigus; bullous pemphigoid; epidermolysis bullosa; urticaria; angioedema; vasculitis; erythema; cutaneous eosinophilia; acne; scleroderma; alopecia areata; keratoconjunctivitis; vernal conjunctivitis; keratitis; herpetic keratitis; dystrophia epithelialis corneae; corneal leukoma; ocular pemphigus; Mooren's ulcer; ulcerative keratitis; sclehtis; Graves' ophthalmopathy; Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada syndrome; sarcoidosis; pollen allergies; reversible obstructive airway disease; bronchial asthma; allergic asthma; intrinsic asthma; extrinsic asthma; dust asthma; chronic or inveterate asthma; late asthma and airway hyper-responsiveness; bronchiolitis; bronchitis; endometriosis; orchitis; gastric ulcers; ischemic bowel diseases; inflammatory bowel diseases; necrotizing enterocolitis; intestinal lesions associated with thermal burns; coeliac disease; proctitis; eosinophilic gastroenteritis; mastocytosis; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis; vascular damage caused by ischemic diseases and thrombosis; atherosclerosis; fatty heart; myocarditis; cardiac infarction; aortitis syndrome; cachexia due to viral disease; vascular thrombosis; migraine; rhinitis; eczema; interstitial nephritis; IgA-induced nephropathy; Goodpasture's syndrome; hemolytic- uremic syndrome; diabetic nephropathy; glomerulosclerosis; glomerulonephritis; tubulointerstitial nephritis; interstitial cystitis; multiple myositis; Guillain-Barre syndrome; Meniere's disease; polyneuritis; multiple neuritis; myelitis; mononeuritis; radiculopathy; hyperthyroidism; Basedow's disease; thyrotoxicosis; pure red cell aplasia; aplastic anemia; hypoplastic anemia; idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura; autoimmune hemolytic anemia; autoimmune thrombocytopenia; agranulocytosis; pernicious anemia; megaloblastic anemia; anerythroplasia; osteoporosis; fibroid lung; idiopathic interstitial pneumonia; dermatomyositis; leukoderma vulgaris; ichthyosis vulgaris; photoallergy sensitivity; cutaneous T cell lymphoma; polyarteritis nodosa; Huntington's chorea; Sydenham's chorea; myocardosis; myocarditis; scleroderma; Wegener's granuloma; Sjogren's syndrome; adiposis; eosinophilic fascitis; lesions of gingiva, periodontium, alveolar bone, substantia ossea dentis; male pattern alopecia or alopecia senilis; muscular dystrophy; pyoderma; Sezary's syndrome; hypophysitis; chronic adrenal insufficiency; Addison's disease; ischemia-reperfusion injury of organs which occurs upon preservation; endotoxin shock; pseudomembranous colitis; colitis caused by drug or radiation; ischemic acute renal insufficiency; chronic renal insufficiency; lung cancer; malignancy of lymphoid origin; acute or chronic lymphocytic leukemias; lymphoma; pulmonary emphysema; cataracta; siderosis; retinitis pigmentosa; senile macular degeneration; vitreal scarring; corneal alkali burn; dermatitis erythema; ballous dermatitis; cement dermatitis; gingivitis; periodontitis; sepsis; pancreatitis; peripheral artery disease; carcinogenesis; solid cancer tumors; metastasis of carcinoma; hypobaropathy; autoimmune hepatitis; primary biliary cirrhosis; sclerosing cholangitis; partial liver resection; acute liver necrosis; cirrhosis; alcoholic cirrhosis; hepatic failure; fulminant hepatic failure; late-onset hepatic failure; and "acute-on-chronic" liver failure. Preferred diseases or disorders to be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of rejection of transplanted organs such as kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, cornea, and skin; graft-versus- host diseases brought about by stem cell transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, thyroiditis such as Hashimoto's thyroiditis, uveo-retinitis; atopic diseases such as rhinitis, conjunctivitis, dermatitis; asthma; type I diabetes; post-infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonephritis; solid cancers and tumor metastasis.
Particularly preferred diseases or disorders to be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of rejection of transplanted organs selected from kidney, liver, heart and lung; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by stem cell transplantation; autoimmune syndromes selected from rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, Crohn's disease, and Hashimoto's thyroiditis; and atopic dermatitis. Very preferably the diseases or disorders to be treated and/or prevented with the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from multiple sclerosis and psoriasis.
The present invention also relates to a method for the prevention or treatment of a disease or disorder mentioned herein comprising administering to a subject a pharmaceutically active amount of a compound of Formula (I).
Furthermore, compounds of the Formula (I) are also useful, in combination with one or several immunomodulating agents, for the prevention and/or treatment of the diseases and disorders mentioned herein. According to a preferred embodiment of the invention, said agents are selected from the group consisting of immunosuppressants, corticosteroids, NSAID's, cytotoxic drugs, adhesion molecule inhibitors, cytokines, cytokine inhibitors, cytokine receptor antagonists and recombinant cytokine receptors. The present invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I) for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition, optionally for use in combination with one or several immunomodulating agents, for the prevention or treatment of the diseases and disorders mentioned herein.
The compounds of Formula (I) can be manufactured by the methods given below, by the methods given in the Examples or by analogous methods. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvents used, but such conditions can be determined by a person skilled in the art by routine optimisation procedures.
Compounds of the Formula (I) of the present invention can be prepared according to the general sequence of reactions outlined below. Only a few of the synthetic possibilities leading to compounds of Formula (I) are described.
Figure imgf000021_0001
Structure 1
Compounds of Formula (I) which represent a [1 ,2,4]oxadiazole derivative, are prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 1 in a solvent such as dioxane, THF, dimethoxyethane, xylene, toluene, benzene, pyridine, DMF, dichloromethane, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, etc. at rt or elevated temperatures in the presence or absence of auxiliaries such as acids (e.g. TFA, acetic acid, HCI, etc.), bases
(e.g. NaH, NaOAc, Na2CO3, K2CO3, triethylamine, etc.), tetraalkylammonium salts, or water removing agents (e.g. oxalyl chloride, a carboxylic acid anhydride, POCI3,
PCI5, P4OiO, molecular sieves, methoxycarbonylsulfamoyl triethylammonium hydroxide (Burgess reagent), etc.) (Lit.: e.g. A. R. Gangloff, J. Litvak, E. J. Shelton,
D. Sperandio, V. R. Wang, K. D. Rice, Tetrahedron Lett 42 (2001 ), 1441 -1443; T.
Suzuki, K. Iwaoka, N. Imanishi, Y. Nagakura, K. Miyta, H. Nakahara, M. Ohta, T. Mase, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 47 (1999), 120-122; R. F. Poulain, A. L. Tartar, B. P.
Deprez, Tetrahedron Lett. 42 (2001 ), 1495-1498; R. M. Srivastava, F. J. S. Oliveira, D. S. Machado, R. M. Souto-Maior, Synthetic Commun. 29 (1999), 1437-1450; E. O. John, J. M. Shreeve, Inorganic Chemistry 27 (1988), 3100-3104; B. Kaboudin, K. Navaee, Heterocycles 60 (2003), 2287-2292; C. T. Brain, J. M. Paul, Y. Loong, P. J. Oakley, Tetrahedron Lett. 40 (1999) 3275-3278).
Figure imgf000022_0001
Structure 2 Structure 3
Compounds of Structure 1 may be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 2 with a compound of Structure 3 in a solvent such as DMF, THF, DCM, etc. in the presence or absence of one or more coupling agents such as TBTU, DCC, EDC, HBTU, HOBt, CDI, PyBOP, etc. and in the presence or absence of a base such as triethylamine, DIPEA, NaH, K2CO3, etc. (Lit.: e.g. A. Hamze, J.-F. Hernandez, P. Fulcrand, J. Martinez, J. Org. Chem. 68 (2003) 7316-7321 ; and the literature cited above).
NC Pyridine2
Structure 4
Compounds of Structure 3 may be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 4 with hydroxylamine or one of its salts in a solvent such as methanol, ethanol, pyridine, etc. in the presence or absence of a base such as Na2COs, K2COs, triethylamine, KOtBu, etc. (Lit.: e.g. T. Suzuki, K. Iwaoka, N. Imanishi, Y. Nagakura,
K. Miyta, H. Nakahara, M. Ohta, T. Mase, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 47 (1999), 120-122;
J. Cui, D. Crich, D. Wink, M. Lam, A. L. Rheingold, D. A. Case, W. T. Fu, Y. Zhou, M. Rao, A. J. Olson, M. E. Johnson, Bioorg. Med. Chem. 11 (2003), 3379-3392; R.
Miller, F. Lang, Z. J. Song, D. Zewge, WO 2004/035538 (Merck & Co., Inc., USA);
B. Kaboudin, K. Navaee, Heterocycles 60 (2003), 2287-2292).
HOOC Pyridine2 Structure 5 A compound of Structure 4 may be prepared from a compound of Structure 5. Methods that effect the transformation of a compound of Structure 4 into a compound of Structure 5, or the opposite, are known to a person skilled in the art.
Figure imgf000023_0001
Structure 6 Structure 7
Compounds of Formula (I) which represent a [1 ,3,4]oxadiazole or [1 ,3,4]thiadiazole derivative are prepared similarly by reacting a compound of Structure 2 with hydrazine (by using a coupling reagent such as TBTU, DCC, EDC, HBTU, PyBOP, HOBt, CDI, etc.) to form a compound of Structure 6 which is then coupled with a compound of Structure 5 to give a compound of Structure 7. A compound of Structure 7 can also be prepared by following the reverse reaction order i.e. by first coupling a compound of Structure 5 with hydrazine followed by reacting the corresponding hydrazide intermediate with a compound of Structure 2. Dehydration of a compound of Structure 7 to form the desired [1 ,3,4]oxadiazole derivative is affected by treating a compound of Structure 7 with a reagent such as POCI3, CCI4 or CBr4 in combination with triphenylphosphine, P2O5, Burgess reagent, etc. in a solvent such as toluene, acetonithle, dioxane, THF, CHCI3, etc. at temperatures between 20 and 1200C in the presence or absence of microwave irradiation. (Lit.: e.g. M. A. Garcia, S. Martin-Santamaria, M. Cacho, F. Moreno de Ia Llave, M. Julian, A. Martinez, B. De Pascual-Teresa, A. Ramos, J. Med. Chem. 48 (2005) 4068-4075; C. T. Brain, J. M. Paul, Y. Loong, P. J. Oakley, Tetrahedron Lett. 40 (1999) 3275-3278). Likewise, [1 ,3,4]thiadiazole derivatives are obtained by cyclising a compound of Structure 7 with Lawesson's reagent optionally in combination with P2S5 in the presence or absence of a solvent such as pyridine, toluene, THF, acetonithle, etc. at elevated temperatures with or without microwave irradiation (Lit.: e.g. A. A. Kiryanov, P. Sampson, A. J. Seed, J. Org. Chem. 66 (2001 ) 7925-7929; Org. Prep. Proc. Int. 37 (2005) 213-222).
Figure imgf000024_0001
Structure 8
Compounds of Formula (I) which represent an oxazole or a thiazole derivative are prepared by treating a compound of Structure 8 either with POCI3, PCI5, b in combination with triphenylphosphine and triethylamine, trifluoracetic anhydride, Burgess reagent, etc. in a solvent such as toluene, benzene, dioxane, THF, etc. at temperatures between 20 and 1200C, or with Lawesson's reagent, optionally in combination with P2S5, in the presence or absence of a solvent such as pyridine, toluene, THF, acetonithle, etc. at elevated temperatures with or without microwave irradiation as mentioned above (Lit.: e.g. N. Sato, T. Shibata, M. Jitsuoka, T. Ohno, T. Takahashi, T. Hirohashi, T. Kanno, H. Iwaasa, A. Kanatani, T. Fukami, Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett. 14 (2004) 1761 -1764). The compounds of Structure 8 are prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 9 with a compound of Structure 5. The aminoketon of Structure 9 can be prepared from a compound of Structure 2 by procedures given in the literature (e.g. J. L. LaMattina, J. Heterocyclic Chem. 20 (1983) 533-538; M. Pesson, M. Antoine, P. Girard, J. L. Benichon, S. Chabassier, P. De Lajudie, S. Patte, F. Roquet, G. Montay, Eur. J. Med. Chem. 15 (1980) 263- 268).
Figure imgf000024_0002
Structure 9
Alternatively, the bonds between the pyridine or the phenylring and the central 5- membered heteroaromatic ring can also be formed by applying palladium catalysed cross coupling reactions.
Depending on the nature of the functionalities present in the residues R1, R3, R5, R6, R11, R13, R15, and R16, these functionalities may require temporary protection. Appropriate protecting groups are known to a person skilled in the art and include e.g. a benzyl, a THP or a thalkylsilyl group to protect an alcohol, or a BOC group to protect an amine, etc. These protecting groups may be employed according to standard methodology (e.g. T. W. Greene, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, Wiley New York, 1991 ; P. J. Kocienski, Protecting Groups, Thieme Stuttgart, 1994).
Compounds of Structure 2, wherein Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000025_0001
may be prepared by reacting a 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid ester (Structure 10, below) with an alkyl Ghgnard reagent in the presence of Fe(acac)3 in a solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, NMP, etc., or combinations thereof, at temperatures ranging from -78 to 25°C (Fϋrstner conditions, Lit.: e.g. A. Fϋrstner, A. Leitner, M. Mendez, H. Krause J. Am. Chem. Soc. 124 (2002) 13856-13863; A. Fϋrstner, A. Leitner, Angew. Chem. 114 (2002) 632-635). The reaction conditions can be chosen such that either the 2-chloro-6-alkyl-isonicotinic acid ester or the 2,6-dialkyl- isonicotinic acid ester is obtained as the main product. The two chlorine atoms in a 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid ester may also be substituted either sequentially or in one step by two alk-1 -enyl groups, which may be the same or different, by treating 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid ester with the appropriate alkenyl boron derivative under Suzuki coupling conditions known to a person skilled in the art. The obtained 2,6-di-alkenyl-isonicotinic acid ester is hydrogenated to the corresponding 2,6- dialkyl-isonicotinic acid ester. In addition, a procedure in which the Fϋrstner and the Suzuki conditions are employed sequentially can be envisaged. The 2,6-dichloro- isonicotinic acid esters or the 2-chloro-6-alkyl-isonicotinic acid esters may also be treated with an alcohol or an alcoholate at elevated temperatures to furnish the corresponding 2-chloro-6-alkoxy-isonicotinic acid esters or 2-alkoxy-6-alkyl- isonicotinic acid esters (Lit.: e.g. N. Wild, U. Groth, Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2003, 4445- 4449). Finally, cleavage of the ester functionality delivers the compounds of Structure 2.
Figure imgf000026_0001
Structure 10 Structure 11 Structure 12
Compounds of the above Structure 2 wherein R1 represents NR1aR1b may be prepared by reacting a 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid ester (Structure 10, wherein R represents a Ci-4-alkyl, preferably an isopropyl or a tert.-butyl group) with the appropriate amine NHR1aR2b in the presence or absence of an additional solvent such as THF, dioxane, ethanol, etc., preferably at temperatures above 500C to give a compound of Structure 11. The compounds of Structure 11 can then be reacted with the appropriate alkyl-Zn reagent (e.g. Me2Zn, MeZnCI, Et2Zn, etc.) under Negishi reaction conditions (Lit.: e.g. H. Matsushita, E. Negishi, J. Org. Chem. 47 (1982) 4161 -4165) to give a compound of Structure 12, which can be hydrolysed to a compound of Structure 2. In addition, compounds of the Structure 12 may be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 11 with an alkyl Ghgnard reagent in the presence of Fe(acac)3 in a solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, NMP, etc., or combinations thereof, at temperatures ranging from -78 to 25°C (Fϋrstner conditions, see above). In case R2 represents a C2-4-alkyl group, the corresponding compounds of Structure 12 can also be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 11 with an alkenyl boron derivative (e.g. 2,4,6-trivinyl-cyclothboroxane) under Suzuki conditions (Lit: e.g. F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea, J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ). The obtained 2-amino-6-alkenyl-isonicotinic acid derivative is hydrogenated to the corresponding compound of Structure 12.
Compounds of Structure 2, wherein R2 represents a methoxy group can be prepared in analogy to the pathway outlined above from commercially available 2- chloro-θ-methoxy-pyridine^-carboxylic acid by introducing the desired Ci-5-alkyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl residue for R1 under either Negishi, Fϋrstner or Suzuki conditions.
Figure imgf000027_0001
Structure 13
Alternatively, the compounds of Structure 12 may also be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 13 with the appropriate amine NHR1aR1b under Buchwald- Hartwig conditions (Lit.: e.g. J. P. Wolfe, H. Tomori, J. P. Sadighi, J. Yin, S. L. Buchwald, J. Org. Chem. 65 (2000) 1158-1174; S. Wagaw, S. L. Buchwald, J. Org. Chem. 61 (1996) 7240-7241 ; M. C. Harris, O. Geis, S. L. Buchwald, J. Org. Chem. 64 (1999) 6019-6022; S. R. Stauffer, S. Lee, J. P. Stambuli, S. I. Hauck, J. F. Hartwig, Org. Letters 2 (2000) 1423-1426). Compounds of Structure 13 or their corresponding acids are either commercially available or may be prepared by reacting a 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid ester (Structure 10) with an alkyl Grignard reagent under Fϋrstner conditions (see above) or with an alkyl-Zn reagent under Negishi conditions. Reacting a compound of Structure 10 with an alkenyl boron derivative under Suzuki conditions, treating the corresponding alkenyl-chloro- isonicotinic acid ester with an amine NHR1aR1b under Buchwald-Hartwig conditions and subsequent hydrogenation may also give access to compounds of Structure 12. The residues R1a and R1b may also be introduced by sequencial alkylation and/or reductive amination of a compound of Structure 14 (Lit.: e.g. N. Finch, T. R. Campbell, C. W. Gemenden, H. J. Povalski, J. Med. Chem. 23 (1980) 1405-1410) which may be prepared by reacting a compound of Structure 13 with ammonia in a solvent such as water, methanol, ethanol, THF, etc. at elevated temperatures. ine^
Figure imgf000028_0001
Structure 14 Structure 15
In case R1b represents hydrogen, the corresponding pyridine derivatives that may occur in the course of the synthesis of compounds of Formula (I), may require temporary protection at the secondary amine function.
Compounds of Structure 2 and Structure 5 that represent an isonicotinic acid wherein R1 and R11 represent hydroxymethyl, respectively, may be prepared from a corresponding 2-alkyl-isonicotinic acid ester (e.g. methyl ester) using the Minisci reaction (Lit.: e.g. R. B. Katz, J. Mistry, M. B. Mitchell, Synth. Commun. 19 (1989) 317-325; M. A. A. Biyouki, R. A. J. Smith, J. J. Bedford, J. P. Leader, Synth. Commun. 28 (1998) 3817-3825). Compounds of Structure 2 and 5 wherein R2 and R12 represent a methyl group and R1 and R11 represent hydroxymethyl, respectively, may also be prepared by making use of the Boeckelheide reaction (Lit: e.g. N. C. Habermehl, P. M. Angus, M. L. Kilah, L. Noren, A. D. Rae, A. C. Willis, S. B. Wild, Inorg. Chem. 45 (2006) 1445-1462).
The above described reaction sequences that allow the introduction of the two residues R1 and R2 may also be applied to a compound in which the scaffold has already been further elaborated. For instance, the Buchwald reaction may also be applied to a compound of Structure 15.
Compounds of the Structure 2 wherein Pyridine j represents _*
Figure imgf000028_0002
may be prepared by reacting a δ.θ-dichloronicotinic acid ester with an alkyl Grignard reagent in the presence of Fe(acac)3 in a solvent such as THF, dioxane, DMF, NMP, etc., or combinations thereof, at temperatures ranging from -78 to 25°C (Fϋrstner conditions, Lit.: e.g. A. Fϋrstner, A. Leitner, M. Mendez, H. Krause, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 124 (2002) 13856-13863; A. Fϋrstner, A. Leitner, Angew. Chem. 114 (2002) 632-635). The reaction conditions can be chosen such that either the 5- chloro-6-alkyl-nicotinic acid ester or the 5,6-dialkyl-nicotinic acid ester is obtained as the main product. The two chlorine atoms in a 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid ester may also be substituted either sequentially or in one step by two alk-1 -enyl groups, which may be the same or different, by treating 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid ester with the appropriate alkenyl boron derivative under Suzuki coupling conditions known to a person skilled in the art. The obtained 5,6-di-alkenyl-nicotinic acid ester is hydrogenated to the corresponding 5,6-dialkyl-nicotinic acid ester. In addition, a procedure in which the Fϋrstner and the Suzuki conditions are employed sequentially can be envisaged. Furthermore, chloronicotinic acids may also be transformed to the corresponding alkylnicotinic acid using the Negishi reaction (see above). The 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid ester may also be treated with an alcohol or an alcoholate at elevated temperatures to furnish the corresponding 5-chloro-6- alkoxy-nicotinic acid esters. Finally, cleavage of the ester functionality delivers the compounds of Structure 2.
Alternatively, compounds of Structure 2, wherein R4 represents a methyl group, can be prepared from a compound of Structure 16 via formation of the corresponding 6- chloro-5-methyl-nicotinic acid esters using methods well known in the art, followed by derivatisation using Fϋrstner or Suzuki conditions as described above and subsequent cleavage of the ester function. The compound of Structure 16 can be prepared from known 6-chloro-3-formyl-5-methyl-pyridine (Lit.: e.g. EP-0702003 or as described herein) by oxidation of the formyl group to the carboxylic acid using oxidation reagents well known in the art such as aq. H2O2 in formic acid, KMnO4, etc. in the presence or absence of a solvent such as toluene, THF, acetonitrile, acetone, etc. at temperatures between 0 and 120°C. The corresponding nitrile of Structure 4, wherein R12 represents a methyl group, can be prepared according to literature methods (Lit.: e.g. J. B. Paine III, J. Heterocyclic Chem. 1987, 351 -355).
Figure imgf000030_0001
Structure 16
Compounds of Structure 5 are prepared in an analogous fashion.
Compounds of Structure 2 wherein Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000030_0002
(Structure 17) may be prepared following the reaction sequence outlined below:
Figure imgf000030_0003
The picolinic acid of Structure 17 may be prepared by treating a compound of Structure 18 (either commercially available or prepared in analogy to literature procedures e.g. T. Kaminski, P. Gros, Y. Fort, Eur. J. Org. Chem. 19 (2003) 3855- 3860; U. Ziener, E. Breuning, J. -M. Lehn, E. Wegelius, K. Rissanen, G. Baum, D. Fenske, G. Vaughan, Chemistry-A European Journal 6 (2000) 4132-4139; R.-A. Fallahpour, Synthesis 2000 1665-1667) with 2,4,6-trivinyl-cyclotriboroxane under Suzuki conditions to form a compound of Structure 19 which is oxidised and esterified to the picolinic acid of Structure 20. Oxidation of a commercially available compound of Structure 21 may also give access to a compound of Structure 20. The compound of Structure 20 is then either subjected to Suzuki cross coupling conditions using the appropriate 2,4,6-trialkenyl-cyclotriboroxane (prepared according to F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea, J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ), hydrogenated and saponified, or treated with the appropriate alkyl-Zn-reagent under Negishi conditions prior to saponification to furnish the desired compound of Structure 17.
Compounds of the Structure 2 wherein Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000031_0001
(Structure 22 or Structure 27) may be prepared following the reaction sequence outlined below:
Figure imgf000031_0002
1 ) Suzuki reaction with
Structure 23 Structure 24 Structur 2,4,6-trιalkenyl-cyclotrι- boroxane
2) hydrogenation or
1 ) Negishi reaction with e g R7ZnCI
Figure imgf000031_0003
Structure 22 Structure 26
Thus, a compound of Structure 23 (commercially available or may be prepared in analogy to literature procedures, e.g. P. Pierrat, P. Gros, Y. Fort, Synlett 2004, 2319-2322) is reacted with 2,4,6-trivinyl-cyclotriboroxane under Suzuki conditions to form a compound of Structure 24, which is oxidised and esterified to a compound of Structure 25. Suzuki reaction with the appriopriate 2,4,6-trialkenyl- cyclotriboroxane, hydrogenation and saponification or Negishi reaction with the appropriate alkyl-Zn-reagent followed by saponification of a compound of Structure 26 furnish the compounds of Structure 22.
1 ) esterification
2) Suzuki reaction with 2,4,6-trialkenyl-cyclotri- boroxane
3) hydrogenation
4) saponification or with
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000032_0002
Structure 27
Analogously, by applying the reaction sequence of either esterification, Suzuki reaction, hydrogenation, saponification or esterification, Negishi reaction and saponification, a commercially available compound of Structure 28 may be transformed into a compound of Structure 27.
Compounds of Structure 2 wherein Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000032_0003
(Structure 33) may be prepared following the reaction sequence outlined below:
Figure imgf000033_0001
31
Structure 29 Structure 30 1 ) Suzuki reaction with 2,4,6-trιalkenyl-cyclotrι- boroxane
2) hydrogenation or
1 ) Negishi reaction with e g R9ZnCI
Figure imgf000033_0002
Thus, a compound of Structure 29 is treated with 2,4,6-trivinyl-cyclotriboroxane under Suzuki conditions to give a compound of Structure 30. Oxidation followed by saponification gives the corresponding compound of Structure 31. Suzuki reaction with the appriopriate 2,4,6-trialkenyl-cyclotriboroxane, hydrogenation and saponification or Negishi reaction with the appropriate alkyl-Zn-reagent followed by saponification furnishes the desired compounds of Structure 33. Compounds of Structure 29, wherein R10 represents a methyl group are commercially available. Compounds of Structure 29, wherein R10 represents an ethyl group can be prepared following literature procedures (e.g. T. Hanazawa, M. Hirano, T. Inoue, K. Nakao, Y. Shishido, H. Tanaka; WO 2006/097817 (Pfizer Japan Inc.), p 84; S. R. Natarajan et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 13 (2003) 273-276), for instance from commercially available 3-amino-2,6-dichloropyridine as outlined below:
Figure imgf000033_0003
In general, the desired residues R1 to R20 may also be introduced in later steps that follow establishing of the Pyridine1-A-Pyridine2 scaffold. Whenever the compounds of Formula (I) are obtained in the form of mixtures of enantiomers, the enantiomers can be separated using methods known to one skilled in the art: e.g. by formation and separation of diastereomeric salts or by HPLC over a chiral stationary phase such as a Regis Whelk-O1 (R1R) (10 μm) column, a Daicel ChiralCel OD-H (5-10 μm) column, or a Daicel ChiralPak IA (10 μm) or AD-H (5 μm) column. Typical conditions of chiral HPLC are an isocratic mixture of eluent A (EtOH, in presence or absence of an amine such as triethylamine, diethylamine) and eluent B (hexane), at a flow rate of 0.8 to 150 mL/min.
Examples
The following examples illustrate the invention but do not at all limit the scope thereof.
All temperatures are stated in °C. Compounds are characterized by 1H-NMR (400 MHz) or 13C-NMR (100 MHz) (Bruker; chemical shifts are given in ppm relative to the solvent used; multiplicities: s = singlet, d = doublet, t = triplet; p = pentuplet, hex = hexet, hept = heptet, m = multiplet, br = broad, coupling constants are given in Hz); by LC-MS (Finnigan Navigator with HP 1100 Binary Pump and DAD, column: 4.6x50 mm, Zorbax SB-AQ, 5 μm, 120 A, gradient: 5-95% acetonitrile in water, 1 min, with 0.04% trifluoroacetic acid, flow: 4.5 mL/min), tR is given in min, LC-MS* denotes basic LC-conditions, i.e. eluting with a gradient of 5-95% acetonitrile in water containing 0.5% of sat. aq. NH4OH solution, otherwise identical conditions; by TLC (TLC-plates from Merck, Silica gel 60 F2S4); or by melting point. Compounds are purified by preparative HPLC (column: X-terra RP18, 50x19 mm, 5 μm, gradient: 10-95% acetonitrile in water containing 0.5 % of formic acid) or by MPLC (Labomatic MD-80-100 pump, Linear UVIS-201 detector, column: 350x18 mm, Labogel-RP-18-5s-100, gradient: 10% methanol in water to 100% methanol). Racemates can be separated into their enantiomers by preparative HPLC (column: ChiralPaK AD 20x250 mm, 5 μm, 15% ethanol in hexane). Abbreviations (as used herein): aq. aqueous atm atmosphere
BOC te/t-butoxycarbonyl BSA bovine serum albumin
Bu butyl
CC column chromatography
CDI carbonyl diimidazole dba dibenzylidene acetone DCC dicyclohexyl carbodiimide
DCM dichloromethane
DEAD diethyl azodicarboxylate
DIPEA diisopropyl-ethylamine, Hϋnig's base, ethyl-diisopropylamine
DME 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane DMF dimethylformamide
DMSO dimethylsulfoxide dppf 1 ,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino-κP)ferrocene
EA ethyl acetate
EDC N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethyl-carbodiimide eq. equivalent(s)
Et ethyl
EtOH ethanol
Ex. example(s)
FC flash chromatography Fe(acac)3 iron(lll) acetylacetone-complex h hour(s)
HBTU O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
HOBt 1 -hydroxybenzotriazole HPLC high performance liquid chromatography HV high vacuum conditions
KOtBu potassium tert-butoxide LC-MS liquid chromatography - mass spectrometry Lit. literature
Me methyl
MeOH methanol min minute(s)
MPLC medium pressure liquid chromatography
NaOAc sodium acetate
NMP N-methylpyrrolidin-2-one
OAc acetate org. organic
Ph phenyl
PyBOP benzotriazol-1 -yl-oxy-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium- hexafluoro-phosphate prep. preparative rt room temperature sat. saturated
S1 P sphingosine 1 -phosphate
TBTU 2-(1 H-benzotriazole-1 -yl)-1 ,2,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
TFA trifluoroacetic acid
THF tetrahydrofuran
THP tetrahydropyran
TLC thin layer chromatography tR retention time
Xantphos 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene
2-lsobutyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000036_0001
To a solution of 2-chloro-pyridine-4-carboxylic acid (2.55 g, 16.2 mmol) in dioxane (50 mL), Pd(dppf) (132 mg, 0.162 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred under argon at rt and isobutyl zinbromide (6.55 g, 32.4 mmol, 65 mL of a 0.5 M solution in THF) is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at rt for 1 h, then at 100°C for 16 h. The mixture is cooled to rt and diluted with EA (250 ml_) and cold water (0°C). The mixture is acidified by adding aq. 25% HCI. The org. phase is separated and the aq. phase is extracted with EA (4x50 ml_) followed by DCM (6x50 ml_). The combined org. extracts are concentrated and dried. The crude product is purified by MPLC on silica gel to give the title compound (2.0 g) in form of a pale yellow oil. LC-MS: tR = 0.47 min, [M+1]+ = 180.09. 1H NMR (CD3OD): £1.03 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 2.12-2.24 (m, 1 H), 3.00 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 8.29 (dd, J = 5.8, 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.34 (s, 1 H), 8.88 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H).
2,6-Dimethylisonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000037_0001
a) To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester (3.35 g, 13.5 mmol), Fe(acac)3 (512 mg, 1.45 mmol) and NMP (1.58 g, 16.0 mmol) in THF (400 ml_), a solution of methylmagnesium iodide (11.67 g, 70.2 mmol) in THF is slowly added at -77°C. The brown solution turns green-grey. After the addition of about half of the Grignard reagent the dark brown suspension is warmed to rt and stirred for 30 min before it is again cooled to -70°C. The other half of the Grignard reagent is added, the mixture turns dark green-brown and is warmed to rt and stirred for 16 h. The mixture is cooled to -50°C and another portion of the Grignard reagent (2.24 g, 13.5 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is warmed to rt, stirred for 16 h and then carefully quenched with 1 N aq. HCI (100 mL) and diluted with diethyl ether. The org. layer is separated and the aq. phase is extracted with diethyl ether. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude product is purified by MPLC on silica gel to give 2,6-dimethylisonicotinic acid tert.- butyl ester (2.37 g) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.65 min, [M+1]+ = 208.29.
b) A solution of 2,6-dimethylisonicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester (2.37 g, 11.44 mmol) in 5 N HCI in isopropanol (40 mL) is stirred at 80°C for 3 h. The solvent is evaporated and the crude product is purified by MPLC on silica gel (heptane:EA gradient) to give 2,6-dimethylisonicotinic acid hydrochloride as a beige resin; 1H NMR (CD3OD): 5 8.16 (s, 2H), 2.84 (s, 6H).
2-Hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000038_0001
a) To a solution of 2-methyl-isonicotinic acid (5.0 g, 36.40 mmol) in methanol (100 ml_), H2SO4 (2 ml_) is added. The mixture is refluxed for 72 h before a solution of ammonium peroxydisulfate (16.64 g, 72.9 mmol) in water (15 ml_) is added. The mixture boils vigorously. Stirring is continued at 65°C for 24 h before another portion of ammonium peroxydisulfate is added. Stirring is continued at 65°C for 24 h. About 2/3 of the solvent is evaporated, the remaining solution is neutralised with 1 N aq. NaOH and extracted five times with DCM. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give 2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl- isonicotinic acid methyl ester (3.71 g) as a yellow solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.44 min, [M+1]+ = 182.05.
b) A solution of 2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid methyl ester (500 mg, 2.76 mmol) in 32% aq. HCI (10 ml_) is stirred at 600C for 5 h. The solvent is removed and the residue is dried to give 2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride (480 mg) as a yellow solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.15 min, [M+1]+ = 168.04.
2-Ethyl-6-methylisonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000038_0002
a) A suspension of 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid (7.0 g, 40.9 mmol) in toluene (100 mL) is heated to 80°C and then slowly treated with N,N-dimethylformamide di- tert. butylacetal (21.2 g, 104.3 mmol). The mixture becomes clear. Heating and stirring is continued for 20 h before another portion N,N-dimethylformamide di-tert. butylacetal (8.32 g, 40.9 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued at 800C for 72 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with diethyl ether and washed with sat. aq. Na2CO3-solution. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent is carefully evaporated. The crystalline material that forms is collected, carefully washed with cold heptane and dried to give 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid tert- butyl ester (6.29 g) as colourless fine needles; LC-MS: tR = 1.01 min; [M+1]+ = 228.11 ; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 7.61 (s, 1 H), 7.56 (s, 1 H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 9H).
b) To a red solution of 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester (2.95 g, 13.0 mmol), Fe(acac)3 (512 mg, 1.45 mmol) and NMP (1.58 g, 16.0 mmol) in THF (400 ml_), a solution of ethylmagnesium bromide (1.81 g, 13.6 mmol) in THF is slowly added at -77°C. The brown solution turns green-grey. The suspension is warmed to rt, stirred for 30 min before the yellow solution is again cooled to -70°C and another portion of the Grignard reagent (1.38 g, 10.4 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is warmed to rt, stirred for 16 h and then carefully quenched with 1 N aq. HCI (100 ml_) and diluted with diethyl ether. The org. layer is separated and the aq. phase is extracted with diethyl ether. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude product is purified by MPLC on silica gel to give 2-ethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester as a yellow oil which is dissolved in 4 N HCI in dioxane (50 mL). The solution is stirred at 50°C for 16 h before the solvent is evaporated to give 2-ethyl-6-methylisonicotinic acid hydrochloride as a beige powder; LC-MS: tR = 0.28 min; [M+1]+ = 166.25; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 8,19 (s, 2H), 3.12 (q; J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 1.43 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H).
2-Propyl-6-methylisonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000039_0001
a) A solution of 2-chloro-6-methylisonicotinic acid (15.5 g, 90.3 mmol, 1 eq.) in ethanol (200 mL) and a few drops of concentrated sulfuric acid is stirred at 75°C for
24 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and washed with a solution of sat. aq. NaHCO3 (70 mL) and water (2x70 mL). The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give 2-chloro-6- methylisonicotinic acid ethyl ester (16.3 g) as a pink powder; LC-MS: tR = 0.92 min, [M+1]+ = 200.17.
b) To a solution of 2-chloro-6-methylisonicotinic acid ethyl ester (2.0 g, 10.0 mmol), and trans-propenyl boronic acid (1.30 g, 15.13 mmol) in DME (20 ml_), a solution of 2 M aq. K2CO3 (3 ml_) followed by Pd(PPh3)4 (150 mg, 0.205 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (265 mg, 0.99 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 100°C for 15 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with diethyl ether and washed with sat. aq. Na2CO3 (2x30 ml_). The org. extract is dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 4:1 to give 2-propenyl-6-methylisonicotinic acid ethyl ester (2.25 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR =0.65 min, [M+1]+ = 206.33.
c) 2-propenyl-6-methylisonicotinic acid ethyl ester (2.25 g, 10.9 mmol) is dissolved in THF (100 mL), Pd/C (300 mg, 10% Pd) is added and the mixture is stirred under 1 atm H2 at rt for 15 h. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated to give 2-propyl-6-methylisonicotinic acid ethyl ester (2.30 g) as a colourless oil; LC- MS: tR = 0.65 min, [M+1]+ = 208.12.
d) A solution of 2-propyl-6-methylisonicotinic acid ethyl ester (2.30 g, 11.0 mmol) in 6 N aq. HCI (40 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 24 h before it is cooled to rt and extracted with diethyl ether (2x50 mL). The aq. phase is evaporated and the residue is dried under HV to give 2-propyl-6-methylisonicotinic acid hydrochloride (2.0 g) as a colourless solid, LC-MS: tR = 0.44 min; [M+1]+ = 180.09; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): δ 8.02 (s, 1 H), 7.99 (s, 1 H), 3.04 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 1.82-1.72 (m, 2H), 0.93 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H).
2-lsopropyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000040_0001
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2-methyl-6-(2-methyl-propyl)- isonicotinic acid using 2,4,6-triisopropenyl-cyclotriboroxane; LC-MS: tR = 0.23 min; [M+1]+ = 180.44.
2-Methyl-6-(2-methyl-propyl)-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000041_0001
a) To a solution of 2-chloro-6-methylisonicotinic acid ethyl ester (9.92 g, 49.7 mmol), 2,4,6-tris-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cycloboroxane pyridine complex (13.0 g, 49.7 mmol, prepared in analogy to a procedure given by F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ), and triphenylphosphine (1.39 g, 8.60 mmol) in DME (120 ml_), a solution of 2 M aq. K2CO3 (40 ml_) is added. The mixture is degassed and flushed with N2 before Pd(PPh3)4 (580 mg, 0.793 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 100°C for 20 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with EA and washed with sat. aq. NaHCOs (2x200 ml_). The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 15:1 to give 2-methyl-6-(2-methyl-propenyl)-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (9.90 g) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.44 min; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.43 (m, 3 H), 1.98 (s, 3 H), 2.09 (s, 3 H), 2.63 (s, 3 H), 4.34-4.46 (m, 2 H), 6.39 (s, 1 H), 7.50 (s, 1 H), 7.56 (s, 1 H).
b) 2-Methyl-6-(2-methyl-propenyl)-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (9.90 g, 45.2 mmol) is dissolved in THF (100 ml_) and methanol (100 mL), Pd/C (800 mg, 10% Pd) is added and the mixture is stirred under 1 atm H2 at rt for 5 h. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with hexane:EA 1 :1 to give 2-methyl-6-(2-methyl-propyl)-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (9.78 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.71 min.
c) A solution of 2-methyl-6-(2-methyl-propyl)-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (9.78 g, 45.1 mmol) in 6 N aq. HCI (20 mL) is stirred at 95°C for 20 h before the solvent is evaporated. The residue is dried under HV to give 2-methyl-6-(2-methyl-propyl)- isonicotinic acid hydrochloride (9.56 g) as a colourless solid, LC-MS: tR = 0.52 min.
2-Hydroxymethyl-6-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000042_0001
a) To a solution of 2-chloro-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (10.0 g, 63.3 mmol) in THF (150 ml_), NMP (8.78 g, 88.6 mmol) and Fe(acac)3 (2.46 g, 6.96 mmol) is added under argon. The mixture is cooled to -74°C before isobutylmagnesium bromide (47 ml_ of a 2 M solution in THF, 94.9 mmol) is added. The temperature rises to -65°C. The mixture is stirred at -75°C for 1 h, then warmed to rt and carefully quenched with water. The mixture is extracted with EA, the org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 2-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.00 g) as an oil, LC-MS: tR = 0.74 min, [M+1]+ = 208.11.
b) A solution of 2-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (1.00 g, 4.83 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) and H2SO4 (0.3 mL) is heated to 800C before a solution of ammonium peroxydisulfate (2.20 g, 9.65 mmol) in water (1.5 mL) is added carefully. Stirring is continued for 1 h at 800C before another portion of ammonium peroxydisulfate (2.20 g, 9.65 mmol) in water (1.5 mL) is added. The mixture is refluxed over night, cooled to rt, diluted with EA and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with DCM containing 10% of methanol to give 2-hydroxymethyl-6-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (560 mg) as an oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.81 min, [M+1]+ = 238.40.
c) A solution of 2-hydroxymethyl-6-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (100 mg, 0.421 mmol) in 25% aq. HCI (5 mL) is stirred at 75°C for 16 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the remaining residue is dried under HV to give 2- hydroxymethyl-6-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride (100 mg) as an oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.52 min, [IVM]+ = 210.47.
2-(1 -Ethyl-propyO-θ-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000043_0001
a) To a suspension of 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid (20.0 g, 117 mmol) in isopropanol (80 ml_), H2SO4 (5 ml_) is added dropwise. The mixture becomes warm (400C). The mixture is stirred for 24 h at rt, then at 900C for 28 h before the solvent is removed in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in diethyl ether (200 ml_), washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution (3x50 ml_) followed by brine (3x50 ml_), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid isopropyl ester (21.0 g) as a colourless oil which slowly crystallises; LC-MS: tR = 0.97 min, [M+1]+ = 214.05.
b) A a solution of 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid isopropyl ester (2.0 g, 9.36 mmol) in dioxane (75 mL) is degassed and put under argon before Pd(dppf) (229 mg, 0.281 mmol) is added. At rt, a 0.5 M solution of 1-ethyl-propylzinc bromide in THF (46.8 mL, 23.4 mmol) is added dropwise to the mixture. The mixture is stirred at 80°C for 16 h before the reaction is quenched by adding ice-cold water (200 mL). A precipitate forms and the mixture is diluted with EA (200 mL) and filtered through celite. The filtrate is transferred into a separatory funnel. The org. phase is collected and the aq. phase is extracted with EA (120 mL). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to 4:1 to give 2-(1 -ethyl-propyl)-6-methyl- isonicotinic acid isopropyl ester (1.6 g) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.79 min, [M+1]+ = 250.14; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £0.70 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 6 H), 1.33 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 1.58-1.70 (m, 4 H), 2.51 (s, 3 H), 2.55-2.63 (m, 1 H), 5.15 (hept, J = 5.8 Hz), 7.39 (s, 1 H), 7.49 (s, 1 H). c) A solution of 2-(1 -ethyl-propyl)-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid isopropyl ester (1.54 g, 6.18 mmol) in 25% aq. HCI (60 ml_) is stirred at 65°C for 16 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in dioxane and concentrated again to give 2-(1 -ethyl-propyl)-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride (1.70 g) as a brownish solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.62 min, [IVM]+ = 208.52.
2-Cyclopentyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000044_0001
a) Under argon, Pd(dppf) (200 mg, 0.245 mmol) is added to a solution of 2-chloro- isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (4.80 g, 24.0 mmol) in dioxane (60 ml_). A solution of cyclopentyl zink chloride (50 ml_, 24.0 mmol, ~2 M solution in THF) is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at 75°C for 2 h before it is cooled to rt, carefully diluted with water and extracted twice with EA. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 2-cyclopentyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.96 g) as an oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.72 min, [M+1]+ = 234.11.
b) A solution of 2-cyclopentyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.96 g, 17.0 mmol) in 25% aq. HCI (50 mL) is stirred at 75°C for 16 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the remaining residue is dried under HV to give 2-cyclopentyl-6-methyl- isonicotinic acid acid hydrochloride (4.12 mg) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.54 min, [M+1]+ = 206.08.
2,6-Diethyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000044_0002
a) To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester (780 mg, 3.14 mmol), and 2,4,6-trivinylcyclothboroxane pyridine complex (640 mg, 2.66 mmol, prepared according to F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ) in DME (12 ml_), a solution of 2 M aq. K2CO3 (3 ml_) followed by Pd(PPh3)4 (30 mg, 0.041 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (50 mg, 0.187 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 1000C for 15 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with diethyl ether and washed with 1 N aq. NaOH solution (3x30 ml_). The aq. phase is extracted once more with diethyl ether and the combined org. extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 5:1 to give 2,6-divinyl-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (703 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.03 min, [M+1]+ = 232.01.
b) To a solution of 2,6-divinyl-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (703 mg, 3.04 mmol) in methanol (15 ml_), Pd/C (50 mg, 10% Pd) is added and the mixture is stirred under 1 atm of H2 at rt for 15 h. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated. The remaining residue is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 5:1 to give 2,6-diethyl-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (635 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.05 min, [M+1]+ = 236.13.
c) A solution of 2,6-diethyl-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (635 mg, 2.70 mmol) in 6 N aq. HCI (10 mL) is stirred at 95°C for 15 h before the solvent is evaporated. The residue is dried under HV to give 2,6-diethyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride (523 mg) as a colourless solid, LC-MS: tR = 0.42 min; [M+1]+ = 180.31 ; 1H NMR (D6- DMSO): δ 7.95 (s, 2H), 3.05 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 4H), 1.31 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 6H).
2,6-Diisobutyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000045_0001
2,6-Diisobutyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride is prepared starting from 2,6-dichloro- isonicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester and 2,4,6-th-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cycloboroxane pyridine complex in analogy to 2,6-diethyl-isonicotinic acid; LC-MS: tR = 0.68 min; [IVM]+ = 236.40; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): δ 7.90 (s, 2H), 2.92 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 4H), 2.10 (hept, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 0.90 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 6H).
2-Ethyl-6-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000046_0001
a) To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester (500 mg, 2.02 mmol), and 2,4,6-trivinylcyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (170 mg, 0.706 mmol) in DME (12 ml_), a solution of 2 M aq. K2CO3 (3 ml_) followed by Pd(PPh3)4 (30 mg, 0.041 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (50 mg, 0.187 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 45°C for 15 h. 2,4,6-Tri-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cycloboroxane pyridine complex (594 mg, 1.83 mmol) is then added to the mixture and stirring is continued at 1000C for 15 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with 1 N aq. NaOH solution and extracted twice with diethyl ether. The org. extracts are washed with 1 N aq. NaOH solution (2x30 ml_), and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The remaining residue is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 5:1 to give 2-(2-methyl-propenyl)-6-vinyl-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (780 mg) as a colourless oil containing 2,6-di-(2-methyl-propenyl)-isonicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester as impurity; LC-MS: tR = 1.01 min, [M+1]+ = 260.14.
b) To a solution of the above 2-(2-methyl-propenyl)-6-vinyl-isonicotinic acid tert- butyl ester (444 mg, 1.71 mmol) in methanol (15 ml_), Pd/C (50 mg, 10% Pd) is added and the mixture is stirred under 1 atm of H2 at rt for 15 h. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated. The remaining residue is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 5:1 to give 2-ethyl-6-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid tert- butyl ester (391 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.15 min, [M+1]+ = 264.11.
c) A solution of 2-ethyl-6-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (391 mg, 1.49 mmol) in 6 N aq. HCI (15 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 2 days before the solvent is evaporated. The residue is dried under HV to give 2-ethyl-6-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride (334 mg) as a colourless solid, LC-MS: tR = 0.58 min, [IVM]+ 208.04.
2-Hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000047_0001
a) A suspension of 2-methyl-isoniconic acid (400 mg, 2.92 mmol) in methanol (50 ml_) and H2SO4 (0.5 ml_) is refluxed for 24 h. To the clear solution a solution of ammonium peroxidilsulfate ((NH4J2S2Os; 1 -33 g, 5.83 mmol) in water (3 ml_) is added and refluxing is continued for 1 h. Another portion of ammonium peroxidilsulfate ((NH4J2S2O8; 1.33 g, 5.83 mmol) in water (3 ml_) is added and refluxing is continued for 3 h before a third portion of ammonium peroxidilsulfate ((NH4)2S2Os; 0.65 g, 2.91 mmol) in water (1.5 ml_) is added. Refluxing is continued for 2 h, the mixture is cooled to rt and the methanol is removed under reduced pressure. The remaining mixture is diluted with sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution (100 ml_), extracted with EA (3x150 ml_) and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution (100 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated and briefly dried under HV to give 2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid methyl ester (400 mg) as a pale yellow solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.44 min, [M+1]+ = 182.01 ; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £2.65 (s, 3 H), 3.69 (t, J = 4.5 Hz, 1 H), 3.97 (s, 3 H), 4.81 (d, J = 4.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.63 (s, 1 H), 7.64 (s, 1 H).
b) A solution of 2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid methyl ester (500 mg, 2.76 mmol) in 32% aq. HCI (10 ml_) is stirred at 600C for 5 h before it is evaporated and dried under HV to give the title compound as a yellow solid (480 mg); LC-MS: tR = 0.16 min, [M+1]+ = 168.04.
2-Ethoxy-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000048_0001
To a solution of K-tert.-butylate (1.99 g, 17.7 mmol) in ethanol (25 ml_), 2-chloro-6- methyl-isonicotinic acid is added. The reaction mixture is stirred at 900C for 7 days. The mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with diethyl ether (3x50 ml_). The aq. phase is acidified by adding 1 N aq. HCI and is then extracted three more times with diethyl ether (3x30 ml_). The org. extracts are combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 1 :1 to give 2-ethoxy-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid (237 mg) as a white powder, LC-MS: tR = 0.60 min; [IVM]+ = 182.24; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.27 (s, 1 H), 7.04 (s, 1 H), 4.33 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 2.46 (s, 3 H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H).
2-lsopropoxy-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000048_0002
2-lsopropoxy-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid is prepared starting from 2-chloro-6-methyl- isonicotinic acid in analogy to 2-ethoxy-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid using isopropanol as solvent; LC-MS: tR = 0.70 min, [M+1]+ = 196.04.
2-lsobutyl-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000048_0003
a) To a suspension of 2-chloro-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid (2.00 g, 10.7 mmol) in methanol (100 mL), H2SO4 (2 mL) is added. The mixture is stirred at 65°C for 20 h. The solution is cooled to rt. A precipitate forms. The solid material is collected, washed with methanol and dried to give 2-chloro-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid methyl ester (1.66 g) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 1.29 min; [IVM]+ = 202.00.
b) To a solution of 2-chloro-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid methyl ester (1.66 g, 8.23 mmol) in dry THF (50 ml_), Fe(acac)3 (320 mg, 0.901 mmol) followed by NMP (1.1 ml_, 11.5 mmol) is added. The mixture is cooled to -74°C before a 2 M solution of isobutylmagnesium chloride (7 ml_, 14.0 mmol) in THF is added. Stirring is continued at -75°C for 1 h, before the mixture is warmed to 00C. The reaction is quenched by carefully adding water. The mixture is diluted with EA, washed with water followed by brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude 2-isobutyl-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid methyl ester (1.20 g) as an oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.37 min; [M+1]+ = 224.12.
c) A solution of 2-isobutyl-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid methyl ester (1.20 g, 5.38 mmol) in 25% aq. HCI (60 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 16 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is dried under HV to give 2-isobutyl-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride (1.2O g) as a solid; LC-MS*: tR = 0.48 min, [M+1]+ = 210.1.
2-(1 -Ethyl-propyO-θ-methoxy-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000049_0001
a) Under argon, Pd(dppf) (83 mg, 101 μmol) is added to a solution of 2-chloro-6- methoxy-isonicotinic acid methyl ester (2.00 g, 9.92 mmol, see preparation of 2- isobutyl-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid) in dioxane (30 mL). To this mixture, a solution of 1 -ethyl-propyl zinkbromide (1.17 g, 9.92 mmol, 20 mL of a 0.5 M solution in THF) is added. The mixture is stirred at 85°C for 16 h before the reaction is carefully quenched with water and extracted twice with EA. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 2-(1 -ethyl-propyl)-6-methoxy- isonicotinic acid methyl ester (1.17 g) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.08 min; [IVM]+ = 238.03.
b) A solution of 2-(1 -ethyl-propyl)-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid methyl ester (1.17 g, 4.97 mmol) in 25% aq. HCI (25 ml_) is stirred at 700C for 16 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is dried under HV to give the title compound (2.00 g) as a yellow solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.94 min; [M+1]+ = 224.01.
2-Cyclopentyl-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000050_0001
The title compound is obtained as a white solid in analogy to the procedures given for 2-(1-ethyl-propyl)-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid above; LC-MS: tR = 0.93 min; [M+1]+ = 221.99.
2-lsopropylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000050_0002
a) A solution of 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid (15.5 g, 90.3 mmol) in ethanol (200 mL) and H2SO4 (0.5 mL) is stirred at 75°C for 24 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is dissolved in EA (200 mL). The solution is washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution (70 mL) and water (70 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated and dried under HV to give 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (16.3 g) as a pink powder; LC-MS: tR = 0.92 min; [M+1]+ = 200.17.
b) To a solution of 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (5.20 g, 26.0 mmol) in dioxane (200 mL), CS2CO3 (25.5 g, 78.1 mmol) and isopropylamine (9.24 g, 156.3 mmol) is added. The mixture is degassed and put under N2 before Xantphos (5.43 g, 9.38 mmol) and Pd(II) acetate (1.17 g, 5.26 mmol) are added. The mixture is stirred in a sealed vessel at 85°C for 18 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 7:3 to give 2-isopropylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.91 g) as an orange solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.67 min; [IVM]+ = 223.10.
c) A solution of 2-isopropylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.90 g, 17.5 mmol) in 32% aq. HCI (100 ml_) is stirred at 700C for 5 h before it is cooled to rt and concentrated. The residue is dried under HV to give 2-isopropylamino-6-methyl- isonicotinic acid hydrochloride (4.20 g) as an orange resin; LC-MS: tR = 0.52 min; [M+1]+ = 195.09.
2-Dimethylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000051_0001
a) 2-Chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid (7.55 g, 44.0 mmol) is suspended in toluene (150 mL) at 800C and then treated with N,N-dimethylformamide di-tert. -butyl acetal (50 mL, 209 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 80°C for 3 h, then at rt for 72 h. The clear solution is diluted with diethyl ether (250 mL), washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution (4x50 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by MPLC on silica gel eluting with heptane:ethyl acetate to give 2-chloro- 6-methyl-isonicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester (8.57 g) as a brownish oil which slowly solidifies; LC-MS: tR = 0.99 min; [M+H]+ = 213.24 (-15); 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £1.56 (s, 9 H), 2.54 (s, 3 H), 7.59 (s, 1 H), 7.66 (s, 1 H).
b) Under argon, a solution of 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester (625 mg 2.75 mmol), Na tert.-butylate (396 mg, 4.10 mmol), Xantphos (173 mg, 0.30 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (83 mg, 0.37 mmol) in 2 M dimethylamine in THF (35 mL) is stirred at 1100C for 18 h. The dark reaction mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with 6 N aq. HCI and extracted with diethyl ether (4x60 mL). The org. extracts are concentrated, the residue is dissolved in 6 N aq. HCI and heated to 1000C for 18 h. The orange suspension is concentrated, dissolved in 1 N aq. NaOH (40 ml_) and concentrated again. The residue is dissolved in 1 N aq. NaOH (3 ml_) and methanol and separated by MPLC on RP-Cis silica gel to give 2-dimethylamino-6-methyl- isonicotinic acid (1.1 g) as a beige oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.44 min, [M+H]+ = 181.07.
2-(Ethyl-methyl-amino)-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000052_0001
The title compound is obtained as yellow crystals (420 mg) in analogy to 2- dimethylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid starting from 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester (730 mg, 3.21 mmol) and ethyl-methylamine; LC-MS: tR = 0.50 min; [M+H]+ = 195.05; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £ 1.08 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H), 2.38 (s, 3 H), 3.03 (s, 3 H), 3.60 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 2 H), 6.85 (s, 2 H).
2-Diethylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000052_0002
a) A solution of 2,6-dichloroisonicotinic acid (20.0 g, 104 mmol) in ethanol (250 mL) and H2SO4 (5 mL) is stirred at 800C for 28 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in EA, washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution and water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give 2,6-dichloroisonicotinic acid ethyl ester (17.7 g) as a brownish solid; LC-MS: tR = 1.31 min.
b) A solution of 2,6-dichloroisonicotinic acid ethyl ester (14.0 g, 63.6 mmol) in diethylamine (25 mL) is stirred at 100°C for 7 h. The volatile compounds are evaporated and the residue is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 2-chloro-6-diethylamino-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (10.1 g, contains 2- chloro-6-diethylamino-isonicotinic acid methyl ester which forms during the transfer of the reaction mixture into a round bottom flask using methanol); LC-MS: tR = 1.09 min.
c) To a solution of 2-chloro-6-diethylamino-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (10.1 g, 31.6 mmol) in dioxane (120 ml_), Pd(dppf) (262 mg, 0.322 mmol) is added. MeZnCI (8.40 g, 72.4 mmol) is added dropwise to the mixture before it is stirred at 75°C for 18 h. The mixture is carefully diluted with water, then extracted with EA. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 2-diethylamino-6- methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (6.39 g, containing some methyl ester) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.70 min, [M+H]+ = 237.11.
d) A solution of 2-diethylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (6.39 g, 27.0 mmol) in 6 N aq. HCI (100 mL) is stirred at 800C for 72 h before the solvent is removed in vacuo. The remaining solid is dried under HV to give 2-diethylamino-6- methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride (6.96 g) as a yellow solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.53 min; [M+H]+ = 209.09; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): δλ .17 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 2.51 (s, 3 H), 3.68 (q, J = 6.3 Hz, 4 H), 6.96 (s, 1 H), 7.15 (s br, 1 H).
2-(lsopropyl-methyl-amino)-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000053_0001
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2-diethylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride using isopropylmethylamine; LC-MS: tR = 0.54 min; [M+H]+ = 209.09; 1H NMR £ 1.37 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 2.64 (s, 3 H), 3.17 (s, 3 H), 4.50-4.60 (m, 1 H), 7.16 (s, 1 H), 7.62 (s, 1 H).
2-Methyl-6-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000054_0001
A solution of 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid (1.03 g, 5.98 mmol) in pyrrolidine (5 ml_) is stirred at 85°C for 6 days. The mixture is diluted with 1 N aq. NaOH (40 ml_) and the solvent is removed in vacuo. The crude product is again dissolved in 1 N aq. NaOH (3 ml_) and methanol (1 ml_) and pyrified by MPLC on RP-Cis-silica gel to give 2-methyl-6-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-isonicotinic acid (1.18 g) as a beige solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.52 min; [M+H]+ = 207.06; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £ 1.89-1.94 (m, 4 H), 2.27 (s, 3 H), 3.33-3.38 (m, 4 H), 6.61 (s, 1 H), 6.77 (s, 1 H).
2-(lsobutyl-methyl-amino)-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000054_0002
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2-dimethylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid starting from 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid and using isobutyl-methyl- amine; LC-MS: tR = 0.61 min, [M+H]+ = 223.10.
2-Dimethylamino-6-ethyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000054_0003
a) 2,6-Dichloro-isonicotinic acid (11.2 g, 57.1 mmol) is suspended in toluene (150 mL) at 800C and then treated with N,N-dimethylformamide di-tert. -butyl acetal (50 mL, 209 mmol). The dark mixture is stirred at 800C for 12 h, then at rt for 16 h. The dark solution is diluted with diethyl ether (400 mL), washed with sat. aq. NaHCOs solution (3x100 ml_), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by MPLC on silica gel eluting with a gradient of EA in heptane to give 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester (14.2 g) as a brownish oil which slowly solidifies; LC-MS: tR = 1.05 min; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £ 1.56 (s, 9 H), 7.85 (s, 2 H).
b) A red to brown solution of 2,6-dichloro-isonicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester (1.49 g, 6.0 mmol) in 2 M dimethylamine in THF (20 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 2 h, then at 800C for 2 h and finally at 1100C for 12 h in an autoclave. The mixture is concentrated to give crude 2-chloro-6-dimethylamino-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (2.0 g) as a brown residue; LC-MS: tR = 1.08 min; [M+H]+ = 257.32; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): δλ .54 (s, 9 H), 3.06 (s, 6 H), 6.85 (s, 1 H), 6.92 (s, 1 H).
c) To a solution of 2-chloro-6-dimethylamino-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (770 mg, 3.00 mmol) in dioxane (45 mL), Cs2CO3 (1270 mg, 3.90 mmol) followed by
P(tert.-Bu)3 (30 mg, 0.15 mmol) and 2,4,6-trivinylcyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (722 mg, 3.00 mmol, prepared according to F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ) is added. The mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd2(dba)3 (82 mg, 0.09 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 100°C for 15 h before it is cooled to rt and filtered over a short silica gel pad eluting with DCM. The filtrate is concentrated and purified on prep. TLC plates with DCM to give 2- dimethylamino-6-vinyl-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (885 mg) as a red to brownish resin; LC-MS: tR = 0.82 min, [M+1]+ = 249.37.
d) To a solution of 2-dimethylamino-6-vinyl-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (877 mg, 3.53 mmol) in methanol (15 mL), Pd/C (150 mg, 10% Pd) is added and the mixture is stirred under 2 atm of H2 at rt for 3 h. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated to give crude 2-dimethylamino-6-ethyl-isonicotinic acid tert-butyl ester; LC-MS: tR = 0.76 min, [M+1]+ = 251.10. This material is dissolved in 6 N aq. HCI (60 mL) and the mixture is stirred at 800C for 72 h before the solvent is evaporated. The crude product is purified by MPLC on RP-Cis-silica gel to give 2-dimethylamino-6- ethyl-isonicotinic acid (332 mg) as an orange oil, LC-MS: tR = 0.51 min, [M+1]+ = 195.10. 2-Ethyl-6-(ethyl-methyl-amino)-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000056_0001
2-Ethyl-6-(ethyl-methyl-amino)-isonicotinic acid is prepared in analogy to 2- dimethylamino-θ-ethyl-isonicotinic acid using ethyl-methyl-amine; LC-MS: tR = 0.56 min; [IVM]+ = 209.20; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO: £ 1.16 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H), 1.24 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H), 2.95 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.57 (s, 3 H), 3.76 (q, J = 6.3 Hz), 6.98 (s, 1 H), 7.23 (s, 1 H).
2-Diethylamino-6-ethyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000056_0002
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2-dimethylamino-6-ethyl-isonicotinic acid using diethylamine; LC-MS: tR = 0.55 min, [M+1]+ = 223.37.
2-Ethyl-6-(isopropyl-methyl-amino)-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000056_0003
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2-dimethylamino-6-ethyl-isonicotinic acid using isopropylmethylamine; LC-MS: tR = 0.54 min, [M+1]+ = 223.37. 2-Dimethylamino-6-isobutyl-isonicotinic acid
Figure imgf000057_0001
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2-dimethylamino-6-ethyl-isonicotinic acid using 2,4,6-tris-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cyclotriboroxane pyridine complex in the Suzuki coupling reaction; LC-MS: tR = 0.54 min, [IVM]+ = 223.37.
β-lsopropoxy-S-methyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000057_0002
a) A solution of 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid (5.0 g, 26.0 mmol) in dry ethanol (300 ml_) and chlorotrimethylsilane (33 ml_, 10 eq.) is stirred at rt for 16 h. The solvent is evaporated, the residue dissolved in diethyl ether (200 ml_) and washed with a solution of sat. aq. Na2CO3 (75 ml_) and brine (50 ml_). The org. phase is dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to give 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid ethyl ester (5.8 g) as a solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.96 min, [M+1]+ = 219.93.
b) 5,6-Dichloronicotinic acid ethyl ester (5.33 g, 24.2 mmol) is added to a solution of KOtBu (2.72 g, 24.2 mmol) in isopropanol (50 mL). The mixture is heated at 800C for 15 h before another portion of KOtBu (272 mg, 2.42 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued at 800C for 24 h. The mixture is diluted with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution, extracted with diethyl ether, and the combined org. extracts are dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 5-chloro-6-isopropoxy-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester; LC-MS: tR = 1.10 min, [M+1]+ = 258.05. c) To a solution of δ-chloro-e-isopropoxy-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (235 mg, 0.912 mmol) in dioxane (5 ml_), 2,4,6-trimethyl-cyclothboroxane (114 mg, 0.912 mmol), Cs2CO3 (386 mg, 1.19 mmol) and tri-tert.-butylphosphine (7.4 mg, 36 μmol) is added. The mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd2(dba)3 (17 mg, 18 μmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 1000C for 18 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with water and sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution and extracted with EA. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates with heptane:EA 9:1 to give e-isopropoxy-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (90 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.08 min; [M+1]+ = 238.08; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.35-1.41 (m, 12 H), 2.20 (s, 3 H), 5.20-5.30 (m, 1 H), 5.37-5.48 (m, 1 H), 7.95 (s, 1 H), 8.67 (s, 1 H). The title compound can be obtained by hydrolising 6-isopropoxy-5-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester according to the procedure given in step d) of the preparation of 5,6-diisobutyl-nicotinic acid.
alternatively:
a) To a solution of potassium tert. butylate (1.26 g, 11.3 mmol) in isopropanol (30 mL), 2,5-dibromo-3-picoline (2.89 g, 11.3 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 800C for 15 h before another portion of potassium tert. -butylate (2.53 g, 27.5 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued at 80°C for 24 h before the mixture is diluted with sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution. The mixture is extracted with ether, the org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 5-bromo-2-isopropoxy-3-methyl- pyridine (1.24 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.06 min; [M+1]+ = 230.00; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ λ .35 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 2.16 (s, 3 H), 5.27 (hept, J = 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.48 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.02 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H).
b) A solution of 5-bromo-2-isopropoxy-3-methyl-pyridine (1.24 g, 5.39 mmol) and 2,4,6-thvinylcyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (1.27 g, 5.26 mmol) in DME (12 mL) and 2 M aq. K2CO3 (5 mL) is degassed and put under argon before Pd(PPh3)4 (112 mg, 0.097 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 800C for 15 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with ether (50 mL), washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution (2x30 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 2-isopropoxy-3-methyl-5-vinyl- pyridine (703 mg) as pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.01 min; [IVM]+ = 178.11.
c) To a solution of 2-isopropoxy-3-methyl-5-vinyl-pyridine (703 mg, 3.97 mmol) in acetone (80 ml_), KMnO4 (1.60 g, 10.1 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred at rt for 18 h. The dark brown suspension is filtered and the clear, colourless filtrate is evaporated to dryness to give θ-isopropoxy-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid (1.06 g, as potassium salt) as an off-white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.86 min; [M+1]+ = 196.09; 1H
NMR (D2O): £ 1.31 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 2.14 (s, 3 H), 5.15 (hept, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.91 (s, 1 H), 8.34 (s, 1 H).
6-lsobutyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000059_0001
6-lsobutyl-nicotinic acid is prepared in analogy to 5-isobutyl-6-methyl-nicotinic acid from commercially available 6-chloronicotinic acid ethyl ester and isobutylmagnesium chloride; LC-MS: tR = 0.52 min, [M+1]+ = 180.30.
δ-lsobutyl-θ-methyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000059_0002
a) A suspension of 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid (5.25 g, 27.3 mmol) in toluene (200 mL) is heated to 800C and then slowly treated with N,N-dimethylformamide di-tert. butylacetal (20.0 g, 98.0 mmol). The mixture becomes slightly yellow and clear. Heating and stirring is continued for 3 h before the solution is cooled to rt, diluted with diethyl ether and washed with sat. aq. Na2CO3-solution. The org. phase is dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is purified by MPLC (SiO2) to give 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester (5.13 g). 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.62 (s, 9 H), 8.30 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.83 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H). b) To a solution of δ,6-dichloronicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester (3.37 g, 13.6 mmol), Fe(acac)3 (719 mg, 2.04 mmol) and NMP (1.95 ml_, 20 mmol) in THF (300 ml_), a solution of methylmagnesium chloride in THF (3 M, 5.4 ml_, 16.3 mmol) is slowly added at -78°C. The brown solution turns turbid and black. Stirring is continued for 1 h at -75°C before it is warmed to 00C. The reaction is incomplete and the mixture is cooled again at -700C. A further batch of methylmagnesium bromide in THF (3 M, 5.4 ml_, 16.3 mmol) is slowly added at -70°C. The dark green mixture is slowly warmed to -200C and carefully quenched with 0.7 N aq. HCI (150 ml_). The mixture is extracted with diethyl ether (5 x 60 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to give crude δ-chloro-6-methyl-nicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester as a yellow oil (4.66 g); LC-MS: tR = 1.03 min, [M+1]+ = 228.22.
c) δ-Chloro-6-methyl-nicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester (3.09 g, 13.5 mmol), Fe(acac)3 (719 mg, 2.04 mmol) and NMP (1.95 ml_, 20 mmol) are dissolved in THF (3 M, 500 ml_) and cooled at -78°C. A solution of isobutylmagnesium bromide in THF (2 M, 13.6 mmol) is slowly added at -75°C. The brown solution turns turbid and yellow. Stirring is continued for 1 h at -75°C before it is slowly warmed to rt. The reaction is incomplete, further Fe(acac)3 (719 mg, 2.04 mmol) is added and the mixture is cooled again at -700C. Further methylmagnesium bromide in THF (2 M, 13.6 mmol) is slowly added at -70°C. The dark green mixture is slowly warmed to rt and stirred for 15 h. The mixture is carefully quenched with 0.7 N aq. HCI (150 ml_). The mixture is extracted with EA (6 x 60 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The residue is purified by reversed phase MPLC to give 6-methyl-δ-isobutyl-nicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester as black oil (0.50 g); LC- MS: tR = 0.84 min, [M+1]+ = 250.14.
d) To a solution of 6-methyl-δ-isobutyl-nicotinic acid tert.-butyl ester (0.50 g, 2 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL), 4 N HCI in dioxane (30 mL) is added. The mixture is stirred for 3 h. The solvent is evaporated to give δ-isobutyl-6-methyl-nicotinic acid hydrochloride (O.δ2 g); LC-MS: tR = O.δ4 min; [M+1]+ =194.29; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO) δ 0.91 (d, J = 6.δ Hz, 6 H), 1.91 (hept, J = 6.δ Hz), 2.68 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.73 (s, 3 H), 8.47 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.90 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H). 5,6-Diethyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000061_0001
a) To a solution of δ.G-dichloronicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester (5.00 g, 20.0 mmol), and 2,4,6-thvinylcyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (9.700 mg, 40 mmol) in dioxane (30 ml_), a solution of 2 M aq. K2CO3 (6 ml_) followed by Pd(PPh3)4 (620 mg, 0.38 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (620 mg, 3.8 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 1000C for 2 h, cooled to rt and diluted with diethyl ether (200 ml_). The mixture is extracted with 1 M aq. NaOH (2 x 50 ml_) and brine (50 ml_). The org. phase is dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue is purified by FC (SiO2, EA- heptane) to give δ-chloro-e-vinyl-nicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester (4.0 g) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.05 min, [M+1 +CH3CN]+ = 281.36.
b) A mixture of δ-chloro-e-vinyl-nicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester (2.0 g), Cs2CO3 (3.4 g), tri(tert.-butyl)phosphine (0.04 eq.), ths(dibenzylidenacetone)dipalladium (0.02 eq.), and 2,4,6-thvinylcyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (2.0 g) in dioxane (30 ml_) is degassed and heated at 1000C for 15 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, and diluted with diethyl ether (200 ml_). The mixture is extracted with 1 M aq. NaOH (2 x 50 ml_) and brine (50 ml_). The org. phase is dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue is purified by FC (SiO2, EA-heptane) to give 5,6-divinyl-nicotinic acid tert.- butyl ester (0.89 g) as an oil. LC-MS: tR = 1.01 min, [M+1]+ = 232.04.
c) To a solution of 5,6-divinyl-nicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (890 mg, 3.8 mmol) in THF (20 mL) containing some methanol, Pd/C (100 mg, 10% Pd) is added and the mixture is stirred under 1 atm of H2 at rt for 3 h. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated. The remaining residue is purified by FC (SiO2, EA-heptane) to give 5,6-diethyl-nicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (860 mg) as an oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.79 min, [M+1]+ = 236.14.
d) A solution of 5,6-diethyl-nicotinic acid tert-butyl ester (860 mg, 3.65 mmol) in 6 N aq. HCI (15 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 3 h before the solvent is evaporated. The residue is dried under HV to give 5,6-diethyl-nicotinic acid hydrochloride (923 mg) as an oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.50 min, [IVM]+ = 180.05.
θ-Ethyl-δ-isobutyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000062_0001
6-Ethyl-5-isobutyl-nicotinic acid is prepared in analogy to 5,6-diethyl-nicotinic acid from 5-chloro-6-vinyl-nicotinic acid tert. -butyl ester and 2,4,6-tri-(2-methyl-propenyl)- cycloboroxane pyridine complex (prepared in analogy to a procedure given by F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea, J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ); LC-MS: tR = 0.64 min, [M+1]+ =207.98.
5,6-Diisobutyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000062_0002
a) A solution of 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid (5.0 g, 26 mmol) in dry ethanol (300 mL) and chlorotrimethylsilane (33 mL, 10 eq.) is stirred at rt for 16 h. The solvent is evaporated, the residue dissolved in diethyl ether (200 mL) and washed with a solution of sat. aq. Na2CO3 (75 mL) and brine (50 mL). The org. phase is dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to give 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid ethyl ester (5.8 g) as a solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.96 min, [M+1]+ = 219.93.
b) To a solution of 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid ethyl ester (0.8 g, 3.6 mmol) and 2,4,6- th-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cycloboroxane pyridine complex (1.78 g, 5.49 mmol) in DME (20 mL), a solution of 2 M aq. K2CO3 (5 mL) followed by Pd(PPh3)4 (50 mg, 0.068 mmol) and thphenylphosphine (110 mg, 0.68 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 1000C for 2 days before it is cooled to rt and diluted with diethyl ether (100 mL). The phases are separated and the aq. phase re-extracted with diethyl ether (50 ml_). The combined org. extracts are washed with 1 M aq. NaOH (2 x 40 ml_) and brine (40 ml_), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The crude product is purified by FC (SiO2, EA-heptane) to give 5,6-di(2-methyl-propenyl)-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (52 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR =1.11 min, [IVM]+ = 260.24.
c) 5,6-Di(2-methyl-propenyl)-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (52 mg, 0.3 mmol) is dissolved in THF (10 ml_), Pd/C (20 mg, 10% Pd) is added and the mixture is stirred under 1 atm H2 at rt for 15 h. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated to give 5,6-diisobutyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (52 mg) as an oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.12 min, [M+1 ]+ = 264.19.
d) A solution of 5,6-diisobutyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (52 mg, 0.2 mmol) in 6 N aq. HCI (2 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 15 h before it is cooled to rt and extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 10 mL). The aq. phase is evaporated and the residue is dried under HV to give 5,6-diisobutyl-nicotinic acid hydrochloride (0.12 g) as a colourless solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.73 min, [M+1]+ = 236.40.
θ-Chloro-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000063_0001
a) Phosphoroxychloride (183 mL, 2 mol) is heated at 900C and a mixture of commercially available 2-methyl-2-butennitrile (73 g, 0.9 mol) and DMF (154 mL, 2 mol) is added slowly while keeping the temperature at 100 to 1100C. The mixture is stirred at 110°C for 15 h, cooled to rt and diluted with DCM (500 mL). The mixture is cooled at 00C and carefully quenched with water (500 mL). The phases are separated and the aq. phase extracted with DCM (total of 800 mL). The combined org. extracts are dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue is crystallised from cyclohexane to provide 6-chloro-3-formyl-5-methyl-pyridine (28.3 g) as slightly yellow crystals; LC-MS: tR = 0.76 min, [M+1]+ = 156.14.
b) A solution of 6-chloro-3-formyl-5-methyl-pyridine (10 g, 64 mmol) in formic acid (200 mL) is cooled at 00C and an aq. 50% weight solution of H2O2 in water (9.6 mL, 360 mmol) is added at this temperature. The mixture is stirred at O0C for 15 h, carefully diluted with water (200 ml_) and extracted with DCM (8 x 100 ml_). The combined org. extracts are washed with 1 M aq. HCI (100 ml_) (check for remaining peroxide), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. The residue is dried to give the title compound (9.56 g); LC-MS: tR = 0.72 min, [M+1]+ = 172.0.
θ-lsobutyl-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000064_0001
a) A solution of e-chloro-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid (13.85 g, 80.75 mmol) in dry ethanol (200 ml_) containing some drops of concentrated H2SO4 is stirred at reflux for 2 days. The solution is cooled to rt, the solvent evaporated, the residue dissolved in EA (200 ml_) and washed with a solution of sat. aq. Na2CO3 (2 x 80 ml_), 1 M aq. KHSO4 (2 x 80 ml_) and brine (50 ml_). The org. phase is dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give e-chloro-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (12.65 g) as a solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.92 min; [M+1]+ = 200.10; 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.43 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H), 2.46 (s, 3 H), 4.43 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 8.16 (m, 1 H), 8.84 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H).
b) To a solution of 6-chloro-5-methyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (4.98 g, 24.9 mmol), 2,4,6-th-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cycloboroxane pyridine complex (5.74 g, 17.7 mmol, prepared in analogy to a procedure given by F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ), and triphenylphosphine (1.15 g, 4.4 mmol) in DME (60 mL), a solution of 2 M aq. K2CO3 (20 mL) is added. The mixture is degassed and flushed with N2 before Pd(PPh3)4 (460 mg, 0.4 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 900C for 20 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with EA (150 mL) and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 (2 x 50 mL). The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude product is purified by FC (SiO2, heptane-EA) to give 5- methyl-6-(2-methyl-propenyl)-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.98 g) as an orange oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.72 min, [M+1]+ = 220.15. c) 5-Methyl-6-(2-methyl-propenyl)-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.98 g, 18.2 mmol) is dissolved in THF (100 ml_) and methanol (100 ml_), Pd/C (500 mg, 10% Pd) is added and the mixture is stirred under 1 atm H2 at rt for 15 h. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated to give 6-isobutyl-5-methyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.76 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.75 min; [IVM]+ = 222.15; 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.97 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 1.42 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H), 2.20 (hept, J = 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.38 (s, 3 H), 2.75 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.41 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 8.03 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 9.00 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H).
d) A solution of 6-isobutyl-5-methyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.75 g, 16.95 mmol) in 12.5% aq. HCI (50 ml_) is stirred at 65°C for 24 h before the solvent is evaporated. The residue is dried under HV to give 6-isobutyl-5-methyl-nicotinic acid hydrochloride (3.55 g) as a white powder; LC-MS: tR = 0.57 min, [M+1]+ = 194.25.
δ-Methyl-θ-propyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000065_0001
S-Methyl-6-propyl-nicotinic acid (1.85 g as hydrochloride) is prepared in analogy to e-isobutyl-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid from e-chloro-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (2.0 g) and commercially available transΛ -propen-1 -yl boronic acid (1.3 g); 1H NMR (D6-DMSO) δ 0.96 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H), 1.72 (m, 2 H), 3.05 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 8.66 (m, 1 H), 8.86 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1 H).
6-Cyclopentyl-5-methyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000065_0002
a) e-Chloro-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester is prepared in analogy to 6- chloro-5-methyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester; LC-MS: tR = 0.97 min; [M+1]+ = 214.03. 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £ 1.34 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 2.41 (s, 3 H), 5.14-5.23 (m, 1 H), 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.73 (s, 1 H). b) Under argon, Pd(dppf) (11 mg, 14 μmol) is added to a solution of 6-chloro-5- methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (300 mg, 1.40 mmol) in dioxane (60 ml_). To this mixture, a 0.5 M solution of cyclopentyl zink chloride in THF (452 mg, 2.11 mmol, 4.2 ml_) is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at 75°C for 18 h before it is cooled to rt and quenched with water. The mixture is further diluted with water and extracted twice with EA (100 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates with heptane:EA 1 :1 to give 6-cyclopentyl-5-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (138 mg) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.91 min; [M+1]+ =248.53.
c) A solution of 6-cyclopentyl-5-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (138 mmol, 558 μmol) in 25% aq. HCI (5 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 24 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is dried under HV to give the title compound as a hydrochloride salt (163 mg) in form of a beige solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.64 min; [M+1]+ =206.50.
δ-lsobutyl-θ-methoxy-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000066_0001
a) δ.e-Dichloro-nicotinic acid (1.00 g, 5.21 mmol) is added to a solution of Na (252 mg, 10.9 mmol) in methanol (50 mL). The mixture is refluxed overnight before another portion of Na (252 mg, 10.9 mmol) is added. Refluxing is continued for 2 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with water and concentrated. The remaining solid is dissolved in water and the solution is neutralised by adding 2 N aq. HCI. The resulting suspension is extracted twice with EA. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated and dried to give 5-chloro-6-methoxy- nicotinic acid (976 mg) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.77 min; [M+1]+ = 189.90; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £4.03 (s, 3 H), 8.22 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.67 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H).
b) A solution of 5-chloro-6-methoxy-nicotinic acid (976 mg, 5.20 mmol) in methynol (50 mL) and H2SO4 (0.5 mL) is stirred at 600C for 20 h. The mixture is concentrated and the residue is dissolved in EA (150 ml_) and washed twice with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated and dried to give 5-chloro-6-methoxy-nicotinic acid methyl ester (880 mg) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.87 min; [M+1]+ = 201.88.
c) To a solution of δ-chloro-e-methoxy-nicotinic acid methyl ester (880 mg, 4.37 mmol) and 2,4,6-tri-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cycloboroxane pyridine complex (1.42 g, 4.37 mmol, prepared in analogy to a procedure given by F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ) in dioxane (10 ml_) and 2 M aq. K2CO3 solution (5 ml_), Pd(PPh3)4 (101 mg, 87 μmol) is added after the mixture has been degassed and put under N2. The mixture is stirred at 800C for 18 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with EA and washed with water. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 4:1 to give 6-methoxy-5-(2-methyl-propenyl)-nicotinic acid methyl ester (300 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.01 min; [M+1]+ = 222.00; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ \ .85 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 3 H), 1.97 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 3 H), 3.93 (s, 3 H), 4.04 (s, 3 H), 6.20 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.71 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H).
d) A solution of 6-methoxy-5-(2-methyl-propenyl)-nicotinic acid methyl ester (300 mg, 1.36 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) is added to a suspension of Pt(IV)oxide (40 mg) in ethanol (5 mL). The mixture is stirred under 1 atm of H2 at rt for 18 h. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is concentrated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates with heptane:EA 7:3 to give 5-isobutyl-6-methoxy-nicotinic acid methyl ester (260 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.08 min; [M+1]+ = 224.49.
e) A solution of 5-isobutyl-6-methoxy-nicotinic acid methyl ester (260 mg, 1.17 mmol) in 25% aq. HCI (10 mL) is stirred at 600C for 6 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is dried under HV to give the title compound (230 mg) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.95 min; [M+1]+ = 210.51 ; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £ 0.86 (d, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.84-1.95 (m, 1 H), 2.46 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.95 (s, 3 H), 7.93 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.59 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H).
θ-lsopropylamino-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000068_0001
a) To a solution of θ-chloro-δ-nnethyl-nicotinic acid (21.64 g, 126 mmol) in isopropanol (450 ml_), trimethylsilyl chloride (160 ml_) is added dropwise. Upon completion of the addition, the mixture is heated to 700C and stirring is continued for 18 h. The mixture is diluted with diethyl ether (500 ml_) and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution (5x50 ml_). The washings are extracted back with diethyl ether (100 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 6:1 to give e-chloro-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (6.09 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.97 min, [M+1]+ = 214.03. 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £ 1.34 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 2.41 (s, 3 H), 5.11 -5.22 (m, 1 H), 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.73 (s, 1 H).
b) A solution of e-chloro-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (200 mg, 0.936 mmol) in dioxane (5 ml_) and isopropylamine (3 ml_) is stirred in a sealed vial at 1000C for 1 week. The solvent is evaporated and the residue dissolved in DCM (50 ml_) and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution (20 ml_). The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concenctrated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates with heptane:EA 1 :1 to give e-isopropylamino-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (137 mg) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.68 min, [M+1]+ = 237.02.
c) A solution of 6-isopropylamino-5-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (137 mg, 0.58 mmol) in 25% aq. HCI (5 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 24 h before it is concentrated and dried to give the title compound (133 mg) as a yellow solid; LC- MS: tR = 0.57 min, [M+1]+ = 195.54.
6-(Ethyl-methyl-amino)-5-methyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000068_0002
a) To a solution of 5,6-dichloro nicotinic acid (12.2 g, 63.5 mmol) in isopropanol (70 mL), H2SO4 (4 mL) is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at 800C for 16 h before it is cooled to rt and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in dioxane (100 ml_) and concentrated again. The crude product is purified by CC (heptane:EA 1 :3) to give 5,6-dichloro nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (9.29 g) as a pale beige oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.33 min, [IVM]+ = 233.94.
b) A mixture of 5,6-dichloro nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (4.76 g, 22.3 mmol) and ethyl methylamine (6.88 g, 116.4 mmol) is stirred in a sealed vessel at 1050C for 72 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with EA (300 ml_) and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution (3x10 ml_) followed by brine (10 ml_). The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated and dried to give 5-chloro-6-(ethyl-methyl- amino)-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (5.18 g) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.38 min, [M+1]+ = 257.02; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £ 1.19 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H), 1.30 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6 H), 3.08 (s, 3 H), 3.55 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 5.10 (hept, J = 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.98 (s, 1 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H).
c) A solution of 5-chloro-6-(ethyl-methyl-amino)-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (5.18 g, 20.1 mmol), NMP (3.0 g, 30.2 mmol) and Fe(acac)3 (498 mg, 1.41 mmol) in THF (150 mL) is put under argon before a methylmagnesium bromide (3.0 g, 25.2 mmol, solution in diethyl ether) is added dropwise. The dark red-brown solution turns yellow, then dark brown again. The mixture is stirred at rt for 2 h before another portion of methylmagnesium bromide (1.44 g, 12.1 mmol) is added. The dark mixture is stirred at rt for 16 h. Another portion of NMP (3.0 g, 30.2 mmol), Fe(acac)3 (498 mg, 1.41 mmol) and methylmagnesium bromide (1.44 g, 12.1 mmol) is added and stirring is continued at rt for one more hour. The reaction mixture is diluted with EA (200 mL) and carefully quenched with ice-water (100 mL). The suspension is basified by adding 1 N aq. NaOH solution (10 mL) and filtered over a small pad of Hyflo and silica gel. The org. phase of the filtrate is separated and collected and the aq. phase is extracted with DCM (3x100 mL). The org. extracts are combined, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by prep. MPLC on silica gel eluting with a gradient of EA in heptane to give 6-(ethyl-methyl-amino)-5-methyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (2.19 g) as a beige oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.76 min, [M+1]+ = 237.20. d) A solution of 6-(ethyl-methyl-annino)-5-nnethyl-nicotinic acid isopropyl ester (2.19 g, 9.28 mmol) in THF (40 ml_) and 25% aq. HCI (5 ml_) is stirred at 65°C for 3 days before it is cooled to rt and concentrated. The residue is dissolved in dioxane (50 ml_) and concentrated again. This procedure is repeated one more time before the residue is dried under HV to give the hydrochloride hydrate of the title compound (2.4 g) as a white powder; LC-MS: tR = 0.68 min, [IVM]+ = 195.07; 1H NMR (D6- DMSO): £1.13 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H), 2.28 (s, 3 H), 2.93 (s, 3 H), 3.32 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.82 (s, 1 H), 8.52 (s, 1 H).
6-(lsopropyl-methyl-amino)-5-methyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000070_0001
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 6-(ethyl-methyl-amino)-5-methyl- nicotinic acid using N-isopropyl-methyl-amine; LC-MS: tR = 0.58 min, [M+1]+ = 209.10; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): δ\ .23 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 2.40 (s, 3 H), 2.97 (s, 3 H), 4.22 (hept, J = 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.07 (s, 1 H), 8.43 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H).
θ-Diethylamino-δ-ethyl-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000070_0002
a) To a solution of 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid (10.0 g, 50.0 mmol) in THF (600 mL), triphenylphosphine (19.67 g, 75.0 mmol) and ethanol (5.55 g, 75.0 mmol) is added.
The mixture is cooled to 00C before DEAD (32.65 g, 75.0 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred and warmed to rt. Stirring is continued for 16 h before sat. aq.
NaHCOs solution is added. The mixture is repeatedly extracted with EA. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC (heptane:EA 7:3) to give 5,6-dichloronicotinic acid ethyl ester (11.4 g) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.96 min, [M+1]+ = 220.02. b) A mixture of δ.G-dichloronicotinic acid ethyl ester (2.91 g, 15.2 mmol) and diethyl- amine (11.1 g, 152 mmol) is stirred in a sealed vessel at 800C for 72 h. The mixture is cooled to rt and concentrated. The residue is dissolved in DCM (15 ml_) and washed with 1 N aq. KHSO4 solution (2x50 ml_). The washings are extracted back with DCM (50 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and dried to give δ-chloro-θ-diethylamino-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.36 g) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 1.08 min, [M+1]+ = 257.12; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.26 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H), 3.62 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 4.36 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 8.07 (s, 1 H), 8.70 (s, 1 H).
c) To a solution of 5-chloro-6-diethylamino-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (2.96 g, 11.5 mmol) in dioxane (50 ml_), Pd(dppf) (470 mg, 0.576 mmol) is added under argon. To this mixture, diethyl zinc (8.53 g, 69.1 mmol, as a 1.1 M solution in toluene) is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at 75°C for 16 h before another portion of Pd(dppf) 94 mg, 0.115 mmol) and diehtyl zinc (1.42 g, 11.5 mmol, as a 1.1 M solution in toluene) is added. Stirring is continued at 75°C for 24 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to rt and carefully quenched with water. The mixture is filtered over celite and the filtrate is extracted twice with EA. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC (heptane:EA 9:1 ) to give 6-diethylamino-5-ethyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (2.40 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.78 min, [M+1]+ = 251.19; 1H NMR (CDCI3): S 1.15 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 1.27 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H), 2.65 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.36 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 4.37 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.99 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.76 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H).
d) A solution of 6-diethylamino-5-ethyl-nicotinic acid ethyl ester (1.78 g, 5.34 mmol) in 25% aq. HCI (50 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 18 h. The solvent is evaporated and the product is dried under HV to give the hydrochloride hydrate of the title compound (2.30 g) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.62 min, [M+1]+ = 223.15.
5-Ethyl-6-(isopropyl-methyl-amino)-nicotinic acid
Figure imgf000072_0001
The title compound is prepared in analogy to θ-diethylamino-S-ethyl-nicotinic acid using ispropyl-methylamine; LC-MS: tR = 0.64 min, [IVM]+ = 223.14.
4,6-Dimethyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000072_0002
The title compound is commercially available.
5-lsobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000072_0003
a) To a solution of 2,5-dibromo-4-picoline (9.00 g, 35.9 mmol) in DME (96 ml_),
2,4,6-thvinyl-cyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (8.63 g, 35.9 mmol) and 2 N aq. K2CO3-solution (36 ml_) is added. The mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd(PPh3)4 (746 mg, 0.646 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 800C for 15 h, before it is cooled to rt, diluted with diethyl ether (50 ml_), washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution (2x30 ml_), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 5- bromo-4-methyl-2-vinyl-pyhdine (7.04 g) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.75 min; [M+1]+ = 198.22; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £2.41 (s, 3 H), 5.50 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.21 (d, J = 17.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.74 (dd, J = 17.3, 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.22 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H).
b) To a solution of 5-bromo-4-methyl-2-vinyl-pyridine (7.04 g, 35.5 mmol) in acetone (280 mL) and water (280 mL), KMnO4 (28.81 g, 71.1 mmol) is added. The dark mixture is stirred at rt for 3 days before it is filtered over a glass-filter pad. The colourless filtrate is evaporated to give crude 5-bromo-4-methyl-pyhdine-2- carboxylic acid (10.9 g, as potassium salt) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.64 min, [IVM]+ = 215.90.
c) To a suspension of crude 5-bromo-4-methyl-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid (10.9 g, as potassium salt, approximately 35.5 mmol) in ethanol (120 ml_), H2SO4 (0.5 ml_) is added. The mixture is stirred at 700C for 18 h. The pH of the clear solution is adjusted to pH 9 by adding sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution and the mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (3x300 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give 5-bromo-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (8.20 g) as a green oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.87 min, [M+1 ]+ = 243.91.
d) To a solution of 5-bromo-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.03 g, 16.5 mmol) in DME (43 mL), 2,4,6-tri-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cycloboroxane pyridine complex (5.36 g, 16.5 mmol) followed by 2 N aq. K2CO3-solution (16 mL) is added. The mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd(PPh3)4 (343 mg, 0.297 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 800C for 6 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with diethyl ether (50 mL), washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution (3x30 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 7:3 to give 4-methyl-5-(2-methyl-propenyl)- pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.33 g) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.87 min, [M+1]+ = 220.08.
e) To a solution of 4-methyl-5-(2-methyl-propenyl)-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.33 g, 6.06 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and ethanol (10 mL), Pd/C (300 mg, 10% Pd) is carefully added. The slurry is stirred at rt for 15 h under 2 bar of H2. The catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is concentrated and dried to give 5-isobutyl-4- methyl-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.27 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.86 min, [M+1]+ = 222.10.
f) A solution of 5-isobutyl-4-methyl-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.27 g, 5.76 mmol) in 6 N aq. HCI (110 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 48 h before the solvent is evaporated in vacuo. The remaining residue is suspended in DCM and filtered. The solid material is washed with additional DCM and dried under HV to give 5-isobutyl- 4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (1.05 g) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.59 min; [IVM]+ = 194.28; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £ 0.90 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 1.85-1.96 (m, 1 H), 2.69 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 8.18 (s, 1 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 11.80 (s br, 1 H).
6-lsobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000074_0001
a) A solution of n-BuLi (21.1 ml_, 33.8 mmol, 1.6 M) in THF is cooled to -78°C before a solution of 2,6-dichloropyhdine (5.0 g, 33.8 mmol) in THF (36 ml_) is added dropwise over a period of 20 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at -78°C for 30 min, and then iodomethane (4.79 g, 33.8 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 30 min before it is quenched with sat. aq. NH4CI solution at -78°C. The mixture is extracted with diethyl ether, the org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 19:1 to give 2,6-dichloro-4-methyl-pyridine (2.34 g) as a colourless oil containing the regio isomer 2,6-dichloro-3-methyl-pyhdine; LC-MS: tR = 0.89 min, [M+1]+ = 161.97.
b) To a solution of 2,6-dichloro-4-methyl-pyhdine (2.34 g, 14.4 mmol) and 2,4,6- trivinyl-cyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (1.75 g, 7.26 mmol) in DME (27 mL), 2 M aq. K2CO3 solution (10 mL) is added. The mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd(PPh3)4 (300 mg, 0.26 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 800C for 3 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with diethyl ether and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1. The thus obtained product is dissolved in EA, repeatedly washed with 5% aq. citric acid solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give 6-chloro-4-methyl-2- vinyl-pyridine (1.24 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.90 min, [M+1]+ = 154.03. c) To a solution of 6-chloro-4-methyl-2-vinyl-pyridine (1.24 g, 8.06 mmol) in water (50 ml_) and acetone (50 ml_), KMnO4 (6.53 g, 41.3 mmol) is added. The dark mixture becomes warm (400C) and is stirred at rt for 3 h before it is filtered over a sintered glass filter. The solvent of the colourless filtrate is evaporated to give crude 6-chloro-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid potassium salt (3.2 g) as a colourless solid; LC-MS: tR = 67 min, [M+1]+ = 171.99. This material is suspended in ethanol (150 ml_) and H2SO4 (2 ml_) is added until a clear solution forms. The mixture is heated to 700C for 18 h. The mixture is carefully diluted with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution until a pH of 9 is reached. The mixture is extracted three times with EA. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 3:2 to give ethyl 6-chloro-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylate (500 mg) as a pale yellow oil; LC- MS: tR = 0.87 min; [M+1]+ = 200.04; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.45 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H),
2.45 (s, 3 H), 4.48 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.35 (s, 1 H), 7.89 (s, 1 H).
d) To a solution of ethyl 6-chloro-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylate (500 mg, 2.51 mmol) and 2,4,6-tris-(2-methyl-propenyl)-cyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (814 mg, 2.51 mmol) in DME (32 mL), 2 M aq. K2CO3 (12 mL) solution is added. The mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd(PPh3)4 (52 mg, 0.045 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 80°C for 6 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with diethyl ether (50 mL) and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 (2x30 mL) solution. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 4-methyl-6-(2- methyl-propenyl)-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (176 mg) as a yellow oil; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.45 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H), 1.97 (s, 3 H), 2.12 (s, 3 H), 2.42 (s, 3 H),
4.46 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 6.41 (s, 1 H), 7.17 (s, 1 H), 7.75 (s, 1 H).
e) To a solution of 4-methyl-6-(2-methyl-propenyl)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (175 mg, 0.80 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and ethanol (5 mL), Pd/C (50 mg, 10% Pd) is added. The mixture is stirred at 500C for 15 h under 1 bar of H2. The catalyst is filtered off over celite and the solvent of the filtrate is evaporated to give 6- isobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (174 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.84 min, [M+1]+ = 222.48. f) A solution of 6-isobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (174 mg, 0.78 mmol) in 6 N aq. HCI (20 ml_) is stirred at 65°C for 18 h. The solvent is evaporated and the remaining residue is dried under HV to give give 6-isobutyl-4- methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid hydrochloride as green oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.58 min, [IVM]+ = 194.09.
4-lsobutyl-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000076_0001
a) To a solution of 4-bromo-2-methyl-pyridine (5.70 g, 32.14 mmol) in methanol (100 ml_), H2SO4 (0.3 ml_) is added. The mixture is heated to reflux before a solution of ammonium peroxydi sulfate (7.33 g, 32.14 mmol) in water (53 ml_) is carefully added. The mixture is stirred at reflux fϋr 2 h before two more portions of ammonium peroxydisulfate (2x7.33 g) is added as a sat. aq. solution. Stirring is continued at reflux for 3 h. Methanol is removed under reduced pressure and the remaining solution is diluted with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution and extracted with EA. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 3:7 to give (4-bromo-6- methyl-pyhdin-2-yl)-methanol (1.31 g) as pale yellow solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.31 min; [M+1]+ = 201.96; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £2.55 (s, 3 H), 3.59 (s br, 1 H), 4.72 (s br, 2 H), 7.28 (s, 2 H).
b) To a solution of (4-bromo-6-methyl-pyhdin-2-yl)-methanol (1.31 g, 6.48 mmol) in acetone (150 mL), KMnO4 (2.61 g, 16.5 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 400C for 2 h before it is filtered over a sintered glass funnel. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness, the remaining solid is washed with water and dried under HV to give 4-bromo-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid potassium salt (1.91 g) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.45 min, [M+1]+ = 217.89. c) To a suspension of 4-bromo-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid potassium salt (253 mg, 0.996 mmol) in ethanol (100 ml_), H2SO4 (2 ml_) is added dropwise. The miture is heated to 700C for 16 h before it is carefully diluted with sat. aq. NaHCO3. The mixture is extracted three times with diethyl ether. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates with heptane:EA 3:2 to give 4-bromo-6-methyl-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid ethyl ester (105 mg) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.85 min, [M+1]+ = 244.22.
d) 4-lsobutyl-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid hydrochloride is prepared starting from 4-bromo-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester following the procedures given in steps d) to f) for the preparation of 6-isobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid; LC-MS: tR = 0.58 min; [M+1]+ = 194.08; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.01 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 2.04-2.16 (m, 1 H), 2.80 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.09 (s, 3 H), 7.56 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (s, 1 H), 9.74 (s br, ~1 H).
S-lsobutyl-β-methyl-pyridine^-carboxylic acid (hydrochloride)
Figure imgf000077_0001
The title compound is prepared starting from 2,5-dibromo-6-picoline following the procedures given in steps b) to f) of the preparation of 6-isobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine- 2-carboxylic acid; LC-MS: tR = 0.59 min, [M+1]+ = 194.08.
Intermediates: 3-bromo-2-methyl-6-vinyl-pyridine: LC-MS: tR = 0.69 min; [M+1]+ =
197.94; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 2.68 (s, 3 H), 5.50 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.20 (d, J =
17.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.76 (dd, J = 17.6, 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.07 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H); δ-bromo-e-methyl-pyhdine^-carboxylic acid (as potassium salt):
LC-MS: tR = 0.64 min, [M+1]+ = 217.91 ; δ-bromo-e-methyl-pyridine^-carboxylic acid ethyl ester: LC-MS: tR = 0.87 min, [M+1]+ = 245.91 ; 6-methyl-5-(2-methyl- propenyl)-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester: LC-MS: tR = 0.88 min, [M+1]+ =
220.11 ; δ-isobutyl-e-methyl-pyridine^-carboxylic acid ethyl ester: LC-MS: tR = 0.87 min, [M+1]+ = 222.09. β-lsobutyl^-methoxy-pyridine^-carboxylic acid (hydrochloride)
Figure imgf000078_0001
a) To a stirred solution of 6-chloro-4-methoxypyridine-2-carboxylic acid (5.00 g, 26.7 mmol) in ethanol (75 ml_), chlorotrimethylsilane (15 ml_) is added. The reaction mixture is stirred at rt for 16 h before the solvent is evaporated. The remaining residue is dried under vacuum to give 6-chloro-4-methoxy-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.95 g) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.85 min; [IVM]+ = 215.97; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ λ AA (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H), 3.94 (s, 3 H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.01 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.61 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H).
b) The title compound is prepared from 6-chloro-4-methoxy-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester following the procedures in steps d) to f) of the preparation of 6-isobutyl-4- methyl-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid; LC-MS: tR = 0.51 min; [M+1]+ = 210.31 ; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.04 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 2.21-2.32 (m, 1 H), 3.27 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.20 (s, 3 H), 7.12 (s, 1 H), 7.83 (s, 1 H).
4-Methoxy-5-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000078_0002
a) 2,4-Dichloro-5-methyl-pyhdine is prepared from 2,4-dichloro-5-chloromethyl pyridine as described in WO 2005/068455; LC-MS: tR = 0.88 min; [M+1]+ = 161.92;
1H NMR (CDCI3): £2.36 (s, 3 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 8.24 (s, 1 H).
b) To a solution of 2,4-dichloro-5-methyl-pyridine (337 mg, 2.08 mmol) in methanol (10 mL), NaOH (93 mg, 2.33 mmol) is added. The mixture is refluxed for 5 days before it is cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with EA. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give 2-chloro-4-methoxy-5-methyl- pyridine (240 mg) as a white solid; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £2.15 (s, 3 H), 3.90 (s, 3 H), 6.77 (S, 1 H), 8.02 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (CDCI): δ 12.67, 55.60, 105.77, 121.77, 149.50, 150.29, 165.41.
c) To a solution of 2-chloro-4-methoxy-5-methyl-pyridine (2.91 g, 18.5 mmol) in DME (75 ml_), 2,4,6-trivinylcyclothboroxane pyridine complex (3.13 g, 13.0 mmol) followed by 2 M aq. K2CO3 solution (25 ml_) is added. The mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd(PPh3)4 (384 mg, 0.332 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 8O0C for 15 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with diethyl ether. The org. extrac is washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 4:1 to give 4-methoxy-5-methyl-2-vinyl-pyridine (1.22 g) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.52 min, [M+1]+ = 150.08.
d) To a solution of 4-methoxy-5-methyl-2-vinyl-pyridine (1.22 g, 8.20 mmol) in acetone:water 1 :1 (50 ml_), KMnO4 (6.64 g, 42.0 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at rt for 3 h before it is filtered. The filter cake is washed with water and acetone and the filtrate is concentrated and dried under HV to give 4-methoxy-5- methyl-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid potassium salt (2.20 g) as a light brown solid; LC- MS: tR = 0.41 min, [M+1]+ = 167.99. To facilitate the purification of the compound, the material is refluxed for 18 h in ethanol containing H2SO4. The resulting 4- methoxy-5-methyl-2-vinyl-pyridine ethyl ester is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 3:7; LC-MS: tR = 0.56 min, [M+1]+ = 195.96; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.47 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H), 2.25 (s, 3 H), 3.97 (s, 3 H), 4.50 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.64 (s, 1 H), 8.39 (s, 1 H). This ester is then saponified to give the title compound by treatment with 6N HCI at 65°C for 16 h.
β-lsobutyl-S-methoxy-nicotinic acid
a) To a solution of 2,5-dichloro-4-hydroxypyhdine (1.43 g, 8.73 mmol) in DMF (15 mL), K2CO3 (2.41 g, 17.5 mmol) followed by methyl iodide (1.48 g, 8.73 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at rt for 24 h before it is diluted with EA (200 mL), washed with water (2x100 ml_), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 1 :1 to give 2,5- dichloro-4-methoxy-pyhdine (0.73 g) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.85 min; [M+1]+ = 177.90.
b) To a solution of 2,5-dichloro-4-methoxy-pyhdine (730 mg, 4.10 mmol) in DME (16 ml_), 2,4,6-trivinylcyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (987 mg, 4.10 mmol) followed by 2 M aq. K2CO3 solution (4 ml_) is added. The solution is degassed and put under argon before Pd(PPh3)4 (95 mg, 82 μmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 18 h at 8O0C. The mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with EA (200 ml_) and washed with water and sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concntrated. The remaining brown residue is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 9:1 to give 5-chloro-4-methoxy-2-vinyl-pyhdine (402 mg) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.53 min, [M+1]+ = 169.98; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 3.98 (s, 3 H), 5.52 (d, J = 10.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.20 (d, J = 17.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.76 (dd, J = 17.3, 10.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.88 (s, 1 H), 8.41 (s, 1 H).
c) To a solution of 5-chloro-4-methoxy-2-vinyl-pyridine (435 mg, 2.57 mmol) in acetone (20 mL) and water (20 mL), KMnO4 (2.03 g, 12.8 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at rt for 15 h before it is filtered through a glass-filter pad. The filtrate is evaporated and dried to give 5-chloro-4-methoxy-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (987 mg) as potassium salt containing water in the form of a white solid; LC- MS: tR = 0.45 min, [M+1]+ = 187.91. This material is dissolved in ethanol (20 mL) and H2SO4 (4 mL) is added. The mixture is stirred at 8O0C for 18 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is dissolved in EA (150 mL) and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution and water. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates using heptane:EA 1 :1 to give 5-chloro-4-methoxy-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (350 mg) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.81 min, [M+1]+ = 215.92; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £ 1.34 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H), 4.05 (s, 3 H), 4.37 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.75 (s, 1 H), 8.61 (m, 1 H). d) To a solution of 5-chloro-4-methoxy-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (309 mg, 1.43 mmol) in dioxane (10 ml_), Pd(dppf) (12 mg, 15 μmol) is added under argon. To this mixure, isobutly zinkbromide (8.5 ml_ of a 0.5 M solution in THF) is added dropwise. Upon completion of the addition, the mixture is heated to 75°C for 18 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, and the reaction is quenched by carefully adding water (50 ml_). The mixture is filtered and the filtrate is extracted with EA (2x100 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates using heptane:EA 1 :1 to give 5- isobutyl-4-methoxy-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid isobutyl ester (134 mg) containing 30% of 5-isobutyl-4-methoxy-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester; LC-MS: tR = 0.87 min, [M+1]+ = 266.04 (isobutyl ester); LC-MS: tR = 0.76 min, [M+1]+ = 238.02 (ethyl ester).
e) A solution of the above 5-isobutyl-4-methoxy-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid isobutyl ester (134 mg, 0.57 mmol) in 5 M aq. HCI (5 ml_) is heated to 65°C for 24 h. The solvent is evaporated and the crude product is purified by prep. HPLC to give the title compound (89 mg) as an off-white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.63 min, [M+1]+ = 209.98; 1H NMR (CD3OD): £0.96 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.96-2.08 (m, 1 H), 2.67 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.22 (s, 3 H), 7.99 (s, 1 H), 8.44 (s, 1 H).
4-Dimethylamino-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000081_0001
a) A solution of 4-bromo-2-methyl-pyridine (735 mg, 4.14 mmol) in methanol (80 ml_) and H2SO4 (20 μl_) is heated to reflux. A solution of (NH4J2S2O8 (3.78 g, 16.6 mmol) in water (6.5 mL) is added dropwise to the stirred mixture. Upon completion of the addition, refluxing is continued for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and the reaction is quenched by adding 1 M aq. NaS2O3 solution. The mixture is furhter diluted with sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution and extracted twice with EA (2x300 mL). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 3:2 to give (4-bromo-6-methyl- pyridin-2-yl)-methanol (156 mg) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.32 min, [IVM]+ = 201.93.
b) To a solution of (4-bromo-6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-methanol (3.13 g, 15.5 mmol) in acetone (400 ml_), KMnO4 (6.24 g, 39.5 mmol) is added portionwise. The resulting mixture is stirred at rt for 18 h before it is filtered over a glass-filter. The filter cake is washed with water and acetone and the filtrate is concentrated and dried under HV to give crude 4-bromo-6-methyl-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid potassium salt (5.03 g) as a white solid; 1H NMR (D2O): £2.47 (s, 3 H), 7.58 (s, 1 H), 7.85 (s, 1 H).
c) Sulfuric acid (5 ml_) is added to a suspension of 4-bromo-6-methyl-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid potassium salt (5.03 g, 15.5 mmol) in ethanol (150 ml_). The clear solution is heated to 700C and stirred for 18 h. The mixture is neutralised with NaHCOs and sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution and then extracted three times with diethyl ether. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 3:2 to give 4-bromo-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (2.42 g) as a yellow oil; LC- MS: tR = 0.86 min, [M+1]+ = 243.96.
d) A solution of 4-bromo-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (2.42 g, 9.91 mmol) in 6 N aq. HCI (100 ml_) is stirred at 65°C for 18 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is dried under HV, suspended in DCM, filtered and dried again under HV to give 4-bromo-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (2.50 g) as a hydrochloride salt in form of a white powder; LC-MS: tR = 0.46 min, [M+1]+ = 215.93.
e) To a solution of 4-bromo-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (100 mg, 0.396 mmol) in butanol (6 mL), dimethylamine (162 mg, 1.19 mmol) is added and the mixture is refluxed for 2 days. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is dried under HV to give 4-dimethylamino-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (102 mg) as dimethylammonium salt in form of a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.48 min, [M+1]+ = 181.07. This material is dissolved in DCM (5 mL), methanol (0.5 mL) and triethylamine (5 mL). The solution is stirred for 5 min at rt before it is concentrated and dried under HV to give the title compound (125 mg) as triethylammonium salt in form of a pale yellow oil. 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £ 1.20 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 18 H), 3.08 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 12 H), 3.17 (s, 6 H), 6.80 (s, 1 H), 7.14 (s, 1 H), 9.75 (s br, 2 H).
4-Diethylamino-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000083_0001
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 4-dimethylamino-6-methyl-pyhdine-2- carboxylic acid using diethylamine; LC-MS: tR = 0.57 min, [M+1]+ = 209.08.
4-(lsopropyl-methyl-amino)-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000083_0002
The title compound is obtained as a triethylammonium salt in analogy to 4- dimethylamino-6-methyl-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid using isopropyl-methylamine; LC-MS: tR = 0.57 min, [M+1]+ = 209.08. 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.30 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6 H), 1.43 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 9 H), 2.74 (s, 3 H), 2.99 (s, 3 H), 3.15 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 6 H), 4.34-4.47 (m, 1 H), 6.48 (s, 1 H), 7.54 (s, 1 H).
6-Methyl-4-methylamino-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000083_0003
The title compound is obtained in analogy to 4-dimethylamino-6-methyl-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid using methylamine; LC-MS: tR = 0.42 min, [M+1]+ = 167.01. Intermediate: 6-Methyl-4-methylamino-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester; LC- MS: tR = 0.56 min, [M+1]+ = 195.01 ; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.44 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H), 2.53 (S, 3 H), 2.92 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 3 H), 4.40 (s br, 1 H), 4.46 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 6.46 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H).
4-lsopropylamino-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000084_0001
The title compound is obtained in analogy to 4-dimethylamino-6-methyl-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid using isopropylamine; LC-MS: tR = 0.60 min, [IVM]+ = 195.54.
6-Diethylamino-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000084_0002
A solution of 6-diethylamino-4-methyl-pyπdine-2-carbonithle (100 mg, 0.528 mmol) in 25% aq. HCI is stirred at 900C for 18 h. The mixture is diluted with water and extracted with EA. The pH of the aq. phase is adjusted to pH 11 by adding 1 N aq. NaOH solution and the mixture is extracted with EA. The pH of the aq. phase is adjusted to pH 7 by adding 1 N HCI and the solvent is evaporated. The residue is suspended in DCM/methanol. The suspension is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated and dried to give the title compound (130 mg) as a white solid; LC- MS: tR = 0.57 min, [M+1]+ = 209.01 ; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £1.12 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 2.31 (s, 3 H), 3.57 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 6.82 (s, 1 H), 7.12 (s, 1 H).
6-Bromo-4-methoxy-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000084_0003
a) Methanol (1.48 g, 46.1 mmol) is slowly added to a cooled suspension (00C) of NaH (2.12 g, 53.2 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, washed with hexane prior to use) in THF (20 ml_). Upon completion of the addition the mixture is stirred at 00C for 150 min before 2,6-dibromo-4-nitropyridine (10.0 g, 35.4 mmol) is added. The temperature rises to 14°C. The mixture is stirred at rt for 3 h before the reaction is quenched with sat. aq. NH4CI solution. The mixture is diluted with water and extracted twice with EA (250 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with DCM to give 2,6-dibromo-4-methoxy-pyridine (6.43 g) as an off-white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.90 min, [M+1]+ = 267.75.
b) To a suspension of 2,6-dibromo-4-methoxy-pyridine (5.90 g, 22.1 mmol) in DME (60 ml_) and 2 M aq. K2CO3-solution (20 ml_), 2,4,6-thvinylcyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (3.19 g, 13.2 mmol) is added and the mixture is degassed and put under N2 before Pd(PPh3)4 (460 mg, 0.398 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 85°C for 2 h before it is again cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with EA. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 4:1 to give 2-bromo-4-methoxy- 6-vinyl-pyridine (4.50 g) as a yellow solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.90 min, [M+1]+ = 213.83.
c) To a cooled solution (00C) of 2-bromo-4-methoxy-6-vinyl-pyhdine (1.56 g, 7.29 mmol) in acetone (30 mL), KMnO4 (2.30 g, 14.6 mmol) is added portionwise. The mixture is stirred at 00C for 10 min before it is warmed to rt. Stirring is continued 2 h. The mixture is filtered, the solid is washed with water and acetone and the filtrate is concentrated. The residue is dissolved in 10% aq. citric acid solution and water and is then extracted twice with EA. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated and dried to give the title compound (1.60 g) as a pale yellow solid. LC-MS*: tR = 0.68 min, [M+1]+ = 231.83.
N-Hydroxy-2-methyl-isonicotinamidine
Figure imgf000085_0001
a) A suspension of 2-methyl-pyridine-4-carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 7.29 mmol) in methanol (50 ml_) and H2SO4 (0.5 ml_) is heated to 700C. The solid material dissolves and stirring is continued at 700C for 18 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, filtered, and the filtrate is evaporated. The remaining solid is washed with diethyl ether and dried to give methyl 2-methyl-pyridine-4-carboxylate; LC-MS: tR = 0.39 min, [IVM]+ = 152.05. This material is dissolved in 7 N NH3 in methanol (25 ml_) and the mixture is stirred in a sealed vial for 20 h at 60°C before it is filtered. The filtrate is evaporated to give crude 2-methyl-isonicotinamide (2.12 g) as a brownish solid. To a solution of this material in DCM (25 ml_), pyridine (5.24 g, 54.0 mmol) is added. The mixture is cooled to 00C before trifluoroacetic anhydride (8.10 g, 38.6 mmol) is added portionwise. Stirring is continued at 00C for 2 h before the reaction is quenched with water. The mixture is diluted with DCM and the org. phase is separated and washed with 5% aq. citric acid solution followed by sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution. The washings are extracted back twice with DCM. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates with heptane:EA 4:1 to give 2-methyl-isonicotinonitrile (330 mg); LC-MS: tR = 0.55 min, [M+1]+ = 119.13.
b) To a solution of 2-methyl-isonicotinonitrile (330 mg, 2.79 mmol) in methanol (12 mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (388 mg, 5.59 mmol) and NaHCO3 (469 mg, 5.59 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred in a sealed vial at 600C for 16 h before the solvent is evaporated. The residue is dried to give N-hydroxy-2-methyl- isonicotinamidine (550 mg); LC-MS: tR = 0.55 min, [M+1]+ = 152.25.
N-Hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-isonicotinamidine
Figure imgf000086_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of potassium tert.-butylate (1.25 g, 11.1 mmol) in methanol (20 mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (773 mg, 11.1 mmol) is added. The suspension is stirred for 30 min before 2,6-dimethyl-4-cyano-pyhdine (490 mg, 3.71 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 60°C for 15 h before it is filtered. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness and the resulting solid is washed with water and then dried under HV to give N-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-isonicotinamidine (503 mg) as a white powder; LC-MS: tR = 0.23 min; [IVM]+ = 166.01 ; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): δ 2.43 (s, 6 H), 5.88 (s, 2 H), 7.30 (s, 2 H), 9.90 (s, 1 H).
2-Ethyl-N-hydroxy-6-methyl-isonicotinamidine
Figure imgf000087_0001
a) A solution of 2-ethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (3.90 g, 20.2 mmol, prepared in analogy to the corresponding tert.-butyl ester) in 7 N NH3 in methanol (50 ml_) is stirred in a sealed vessel at 600C for 20 h. The solvent is evaporated and the residue is suspended in diethyl ether. The solid material is collected, washed with additional diethyl ether and dried under HV to give 2-ethyl-6-methyl- isonicotinamide (2.85 g) as a white powder; LC-MS: tR = 0.26 min, [M+1]+ = 165.05; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): δλ .23 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.49 (s, 3 H), 2.75 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.44 (s, 2 H), 7.59 (s br, 1 H), 8.11 (s br, 1 H).
b) To a solution of 2-ethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinamide (2.85 g, 17.4 mmol) and pyridine (6.74 g, 85.2 mmol) in DCM (80 mL), trifluoroacetic anhydride (9.11 g, 43.4 mmol) is added dropwise at 00C. The mixture is stirred at 0°C for 1 h before it is carefully diluted with water and DCM. The mixture is washed with 4% aq. citric acid solution followed by sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution. The washings are extracted twice with DCM. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated and briefly dried under HV to give 2-ethyl-4-cyano-6-methyl-pyridine (2.65 g) as a colourless liquid; LC-MS: tR = 0.58 min, [M+1]+ = 147.06; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ λ .33 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.61 (s, 3 H), 2.86 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.21 (s, 2 H).
c) To an ice-cooled solution of potassium tert.-butylate (7.11 g, 63.4 mmol) in methanol (50 mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.78 g, 54.4 mmol) is added. The suspension is stirred for 30 min before 2-ethyl-4-cyano-6-methyl-pyridine (2.65 g, 18.1 mmol) is added. The mixture is refluxed for 3 h before it is filtered. The filtrate is evaporated to dryness and the resulting solid is dissolved in water (30 ml_) and extracted with EA (3x150 ml_). The combined org. extracts are concentrated and dried under HV to give 2-ethyl-N-hydroxy-6-methyl-isonicotinamidine (3.43 g) as a white powder; LC-MS: tR = 0.31 min, [IVM]+ = 180.07; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO) «51.22 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.44 (s, 3 H), 2.71 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 5.89 (s, 2 H), 7.31 (s, 2 H), 9.87 (m, 1 H).
N-Hydroxy^-isopropyl-θ-methyl-isonicotinamidine
Figure imgf000088_0001
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2-ethyl-N-hydroxy-6-methyl- isonicotinamidine starting from 2-isopropyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester; LC-MS: tR = 0.42 min, [M+1]+ = 194.08; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): «51.22 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 6 H), 2.44 (s, 3 H), 2.91 -3.02 (hept, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.91 (s, 2 H), 7.32 (s, 2 H), 9.88 (s, 1 H).
N-Hydroxy^-isobutyl-θ-methyl-isonicotinamidine
Figure imgf000088_0002
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2-ethyl-N-hydroxy-6-methyl- isonicotinamidine starting from 2-isobutyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester; LC- MS: tR = 0.52 min, [M+1]+ = 208.12; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 0.94 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 2.06-2.16 (m, 1 H), 2.59 (s, 3 H), 2.68 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.91 (s, 2 H), 7.17 (s, 1 H), 7.22 (s, 1 H).
N-Hydroxy^-methoxy-θ-methyl-isonicotinamidine
Figure imgf000089_0001
a) Sulfuric acid (1 ml_) is added to a suspension of 2-chloro-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid (4.16 g, 22.2 mmol) in ethanol (20 ml_). The clear solution is stirred at 700C for 18 h. The mixutre is neutralised by adding sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution and then extracted three times with EA (3x250 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated and dried to give 2-chloro-6-methoxy- isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (4.32 g) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 1.00 min, [M+1]+ = 215.89.
b) Under argon, dimethyl zink (14.26 g, 149 mmol, 124 mL of a 1.2 M solution in toluene) is added dropwise to a solution of 2-chloro-6-methoxy-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (5.37 g, 24.9 mmol) and Pd(dppf) (203 mg, 0.249 mmol) in dioxane (120 mL). The mixture is heated to 75°C and stirred for 18 h before it is cooled again to rt. The reaction is quenched by carefully adding water. The mixture is diluted further with water, filtered over celite and the filtrate is extracted with EA (2x250 mL). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 4:1 to give 2- methoxy-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester (4.10 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.92 min, [M+1]+ = 195.93. 1H NMR (CDCI3): £1.41 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3 H), 2.52 (s, 3 H), 3.97 (s, 3 H), 4.39 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.12 (s, 1 H), 7.28 (s, 1 H).
c) The title compound is prepared in analogy to N-hydroxy-6-isobutyl-5-methyl- nicotinamidine from the above 2-methoxy-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid ethyl ester; LC- MS: tR = 0.43 min, [M+1]+ = 181.96. 1H NMR (CDCI3): £2.49 (s, 3 H), 3.95 (s, 3 H), 4.89 (s, 2 H), 6.75 (s, 1 H), 6.98 (s, 1 H), 8.03 (s br, 1 H).
2-Dimethylamino-N-hydroxy-6-methyl-isonicotinamidine
Figure imgf000090_0001
a) A solution of 2,6-dichloroisonicotinonitrile (2.50 g, 14.5 mmol) in 2 N Me2NH in THF (20 ml_) is stirred in a sealed vessel at 1050C for 24 h. The dark suspension is cooled to rt, diluted with EA (200 ml_), washed with water (2x50 ml_) followed by sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution (50 ml_), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude 2-chloro-6-dimethylamino-isonicotinonitrile; LC-MS: tR = 0.96 min, [IVM]+ = 182.00. This material is dissolved in dioxane (100 ml_) and Pd(dppf) (120 mg, 0.147 mmol) is added. To this solution, MeZnCI (5.02 g, 43.4 mmol, 2 M solution in THF) is slowly added. The mixture is stirred at rt for 30 min, then at 75°C for 16 h. The orange suspension is cooled to rt, diluted with EA (150 ml_) and washed with water (2x50 ml_). The aq. washings are basified by adding NaOH and the precipitate that forms is filtered off. The filtrate is extracted with DCM (3x70 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by MPLC on silica gel eluting with EA containing methanol to give 2-dimethylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinonithle (699 mg) as a brownish oil which slowly solidifies; LC-MS: tR = 0.50 min, [M+1]+ = 162.05.
b) To an ice-cooled solution of potassium tert.-butylate (1.71 g, 15.2 mmol) in methanol (50 mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (905 mg, 13.02 mmol) is added. The suspension is stirred for 30 min before 2-dimethylamino-6-methyl- isonicotinonitrile (699 mg, 4.34 mmol) is added. The mixture is refluxed for 2 h before it is evaporated. The residue is dissolved in a small amount of water and separated by MPLC on RP-Cis-silica gel to give 2-dimethylamino-N-hydroxy-6- methyl-isonicotinamidine (284 mg) as a brownish resin; LC-MS: tR = 0.60 min, [M+1]+ = 195.42.
N-Hydroxy^-hydroxymethyl-θ-methyl-isonicotinamidine
Figure imgf000091_0001
a) A solution of 2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid methyl ester (400 mg, 2.21 mmol) in 7 N NH3 in methanol (25 ml_) is stirred in a sealed vessel at 700C for 24 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, the solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is dried under HV to give crude 2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinamide (400 mg) as a pale yellow solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.21 min, [IVM]+ = 167.01 ; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £2.50 (s, 3 H), 4.56 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2 H), 5.44 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 (s, 1 H), 7.58 (s br, 1 H), 7.67 (s, 1 H), 8.16 (s br, 1 H).
b) To a suspension of 2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinamide (390 mg, 2.38 mmol) and pyridine (922 mg, 9.50 mmol) in DCM (80 ml_), trifluoroacetic anhydride (1.25 g, 5.94 mmol) is added dropwise at 00C. The mixture is stirred at rt for 1 h and becomes clear before it is carefully diluted with water and DCM. The mixture is washed twice with sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution. The washings are extracted twice with DCM. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated and briefly dried under HV to give crude 2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinonitrile (544 mg, contains pyridine) as a brownish oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.54 min, [M+1]+ = 148.99; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £2.66 (s, 3 H), 3.48 (s br, 1 H), 5.48 (s, 2 H), 7.41 (s, 2 H).
c) To a solution of crude 2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinonitrile (544 mg, 2.38 mmol) in methanol (50 mL), potassium tert.-butylate (933 mg, 8.31 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (495 mg, 7.13 mmol) is added. The solution is refluxed for 2 h. The resulting suspension is cooled to rt and filtered. The solvent filtrate is evaporated and the remaining residue is suspended in water, filtered off, washed with additional water and dried under HV to give N-hydroxy-2- hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinamidine (235 mg) as a beige powder; LC-MS: tR = 0.17 min, [M+1]+ = 182.01 ; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £2.45 (s, 3 H), 4.52 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2 H), 5.37 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.90 (s, 2 H), 7.36 (s, 1 H), 7.56 (s, 1 H), 9.92 (s, 1 H).
N-Hydroxy-θ-isobutyl-δ-methyl-nicotinamidine
Figure imgf000092_0001
a) To a solution of e-isobutyl-δ-methyl-nicotinic acid (200 mg, 0.871 mmol) and DIPEA (450 mg, 3.48 mmol) in DMF (9 ml_), PyBOP (498 mg, 0.958 mmol) is added at 00C. The mixture is stirred for 15 min before 0.5 M NH3 in dioxane (6.1 ml_, 3.05 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued for 2 h at rt. The mixture is concentrated to give crude 6-isobutyl-5-methyl-nicotinamide; LC-MS: tR = 0.55 min, [M+1]+ = 193.10. This material is dissolved in DCM (8 ml_), and pyridine (430 mg, 4.43 mmol) followed by trifluoroacetic anhydride (1.25 g, 5.94 mmol) is added dropwise at 00C. The mixture is stirred at rt for 2 h before it is diluted with DCM. The mixture is washed with a 10% aq. citric acid solution followed by a sat. aq. Na2CO3-solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 4:1 to give 6-isobutyl-5-methyl- nicotinonitrile (126 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.90 min, [M+1]+ = 175.17; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.98 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 2.20 (hept. J = 7 Hz, 1 H), 2.38 (s, 3 H), 2.74 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.69 (s, 1 H), 8.67 (s, 1 H).
b) To an ice-cooled solution of potassium tert.-butylate (284 g, 2.53 mmol) in methanol (4 mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (151 mg, 2.17 mmol) is added. The suspension is stirred for 30 min before 6-isobutyl-5-methyl-nicotinonitrile (126 mg, 0.723 mmol) is added. The mixture is refluxed for 1 h before the solvent is evaporated. The residue is dissolved in sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution (10 mL) and extracted with EA (3x15 mL). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated and dried under HV to give N-hydroxy-6-isobutyl-5-methyl- nicotinamidine (143 mg) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.56 min, [M+1]+ = 208.13; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.97 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 2.16 (hept, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 2.36 (s, 3 H), 2.72 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 4.91 (s, 2 H), 7.70 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 8.66 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H). N-Hydroxy-4,5-dimethyl-pyridine-2-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000093_0001
a) Trimethylboroxine (2.84 g, 22.6 mmol), Cs2CO3 (9.58 g, 29.4 mmol) and tri- tert.butyl phosphine (183 mg, 905 μmol) is added to a solution of 5-bromo-4-nnethyl- pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (5.52 g, 22.6 mmol, see 5-isobutyl-4-methyl- pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid) in dioxane (100 ml_). The mixture is degassed and put under argon before Pd2(dba)3 (414 mg, 452 μmol) is added. The grey suspension is stirred at 1000C for 18 h. The mixture is filtered and another portion of trimethylboroxine (2.84 g, 22.6 mmol), Cs2CO3 (9.58 g, 29.4 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (414 mg, 452 μmol) and tri-tert. butyl phosphine (183 mg, 905 μmol) is added to the filtrate. The mixure is stirred at 1000C for 72 h before it is again filtered. The filtrate is concentrated, diluted with DCM and washed with sat. Na2CO3 solution (2x25 ml_) followed by brine (2x25 ml_). The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude 5,6-dimethyl-pyridine-2-carboxilic acid ethyl ester; LC- MS: tR = 0.57 min, [M+1]+ = 166.04.
b) The title compound is prepared from the above 5,6-dimethyl-pyridine-2-carboxilic acid ethyl ester in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl- isonicotinamidine; LC-MS: tR = 0.48 min, [M+1]+ = 166.05; 1H NMR (CD3OD): £2.31 (s, 3 H), 2.33 (s, 3 H), 7.66 (s, 1 H), 8.29 (s, 1 H).
5-Ethyl-N-hydroxy-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000093_0002
a) 5-Ethyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester is prepared in analogy to 5-isobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester starting from 2,5-dibromo- 4-picoline; LC-MS: tR = 0.70 min, [M+1]+ = 193.99; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.25 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 3 H), 1.45 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H), 2.39 (s, 3 H), 2.72 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.92 (s, 1 H), 8.49 (s, 1 H). b) The title compound is prepared from 5-ethyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester in analogy to N-hydroxy^-hydroxymethyl-θ-methyl-isonicotinamidine; LC-MS: tR = 0.54 min, [IVM]+ = 180.01 ; 1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.25 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.35 (s, 3 H), 2.69 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 5.77 (s br, 2 H), 7.75 (s, 1 H), 8.32 (s, 1 H).
N-Hydroxy-5-isobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000094_0001
The title compound is prepared in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl- isonicotinamidine starting from 5-isobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester; LC-MS: tR = 0.67 min, [M+1]+ = 208.01 ; 1H NMR (CD3OD): £0.97 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 1.84-1.96 (m, 1 H), 2.37 (s, 3 H), 2.58 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.67 (s, 1 H), 8.26 (s, 1 H).
N-Hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000094_0002
The title compound is prepared from 4-methoxy-5-methyl-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinamidine; LC-MS: tR = 0.46 min, [M+1]+ = 181.96.
N-Hydroxy-5,6-dimethyl-pyridine-2-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000094_0003
a) Dimethyl zink (4.58 g, 48.0 mmol) is added to a solution of 5-bromo-6-methyl- pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (11.7 g, 48.0 mmol, see preparation of 5- isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid) and Pd(dppf) (392 mg, 0.48 mmol) in dioxane (40 ml_). The mixture becomes warm and is stirred at rt for 1 h. Another portion of dimethyl zink (4.58 g, 48.0 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 1000C for 2 h, then at 800C for 72 h before it is cooled to rt, and diluted with EA (250 ml_) and ice-water (150 ml_). The mixture is acidified with 2 N aq. HCI, the org. phase is separated and the aq. phase is extracted with EA (3x100 ml_) and DCM (2x75 ml_). The combined org. extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by MPLC on silica gel (heptane:EA gradient) to give 5,6-dimethyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (434 mg) as a brownish oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.61 min, [M+1 ]+ = 179.98, 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.45 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3 H), 2.37 (s, 3 H), 2.62 (s, 3 H), 4.48 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.55 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.90 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H).
b) The title compound is prepared from the above 5,6-dimethyl-pyhdine-2- carboxylic acid ethyl ester in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl- isonicotinamidine; LC-MS: tR = 0.49 min, [M+1]+ = 166.03.
δ-Ethyl-N-hydroxy-θ-methyl-pyridine^-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000095_0001
a) Diethyl zink (9.78 g, 79.2 mmol) is added to a solution of 5-bromo-6-methyl- pyridine-2-carboxylic acid isopropyl ester (14.6 g, 56.5 mmol, prepared in analogy to 5-bromo-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester) and Pd(dppf) (461 mg,
0.565 mmol) in dioxane (250 mL). The mixture is stirred at 80°C for 18 h before it is cooled to rt, diluted with ice-water (150 mL) and EA (250 mL) and acidified with 2 N aq. HCI. The org. layer is separated and the aq. phase is extracted with EA (3x100 mL) and DCM (4x100 mL). The aq. phase is neutralised by adding sat. aq. NaHCO3 solution and is again extracted with DCM (4x75 mL). The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by
MPLC on silica gel eluting with a gradient of EA in heptane to give 5-ethyl-6-methyl- pyridine-2-carboxylic acid isopropyl ester (7.08 g) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.77 min, [M+1]+ = 207.99. 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.25 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 1.41 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 2.63 (s, 3 H), 2.70 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 5.30 (hept, J = 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H).
b) The title compound is prepared from the above 5-ethyl-6-methyl-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid isopropyl ester in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl- isonicotinamidine; LC-MS: tR = 0.49 min, [IVM]+ = 180.01 ; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.24 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.56 (s, 3 H), 2.67 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 5.77 (s br, 2 H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.72 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.25 (s br, 1 H).
N-Hydroxy-δ-isobutyl-θ-methyl-pyridine^-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000096_0001
The title compound is prepared from 5-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinamidine; LC-MS: tR = 0.72 min, [M+1]+ = 208.52; 1H NMR (CD3OD): £0.96 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.86-1.97 (m, 1 H), 2.54-2.58 (m, 5 H), 7.49 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H).
N-Hydroxy-4,6-dimethyl-pyridine-2-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000096_0002
The title compound is prepared in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-methyl-isonicotinamidine starting from 4,6-dimethyl-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid; LC-MS: tR = 0.38 min, [M+1]+ = 166.13.
N-Hydroxy-6-isobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000097_0001
The title compound is prepared from 6-isobutyl-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-methyl-isonicotinamidine; LC-MS: tR = 0.63 min, [IVM]+ = 208.29.
N-Hydroxy-4-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000097_0002
The title compound is prepared starting from 4-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid ethyl ester in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl- isonicotinamidine; LC-MS: tR = 0.66 min, [M+1]+ = 208.01.
4-Diethylamino-N-hydroxy-6-methyl-pyridine-2-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000097_0003
The title compound is prepared from 4-diethylamino-6-methyl-pyhdine-2-carboxylic acid in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-methyl-isonicotinamidine; LC-MS: tR = 0.57 min, [M+1]+ = 223.02.
N-Hydroxy-θ-methyl^-methylamino-pyridine^-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000097_0004
The title compound is prepared from 6-methyl-4-methylamino-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid ethyl ester in analogy to N-hydroxy-2-hydroxymethyl-6-methyl- isonicotinamidine; LC-MS: tR = 0.46 min, [IVM]+ = 181.59; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £2.44 (s, 3 H), 2.88 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3 H), 4.23 (s br, 1 H), 5.69 (s br, 2 H), 6.34 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.93 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H).
The dehydration of 6-methyl-4-methylamino-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (LC- MS: tR = 0.42 min, [M+1]+ = 166.07) with trifluoroacetic anhydride furnishes N-(2- cyano-6-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoro-N-methyl-acetamide (LC-MS: tR = 0.87 min, [M+1]+ = 243.96; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 2.69 (s, 3 H), 3.48 (s, 3 H), 7.36 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.52 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1 H) which upon treatment with hydroxylamine hydrochloride gives the title compound.
θ-Diethylamino-N-hydroxy^-methyl-pyridine^-carboxamidine
Figure imgf000098_0001
a) In a sealed vial, a solution of 2,6-dichloro-4-picoline (1.80 g, 11.1 mmol) in diethylamine (5 mL) is heated to 135°C for 40 h in a microwave oven. The pressure in the vial reaches 6.5 bar. The mixture is diluted with EA (200 mL) and washed with 1 N KHSO4, solution. The washings are extracted back with EA (100 mL) and the combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 95:5 to give (6- chloro-4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-diethyl-amine (1.15 g) as a colourless solid; LC-MS: tR = 1.05 min, [M+1]+ = 198.97.
b) To a solution of (6-chloro-4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-diethyl-amine (5.35 g, 26.9 mmol) in DME (75 mL), 2,4,6-trivinylcyclotriboroxane pyridine complex (6.48 g, 26.9 mmol, prepared according to F. Kerins, D. F. O'Shea J. Org. Chem. 67 (2002) 4968-4971 ) followed by 2 M aq. K2CO3 solution (25 mL) is added. The solution is degassed and put under argon before Pd(PPh3)4 (560 mg, 0.485 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 15 h at 800C. Another portion of Pd(PPh3)4 (560 mg, 0.485 mmol) is added, and stirring is continued for 6 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with diethyl ether and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The remaining yellow oil is purified by prep. HPLC to give diethyl-(4-methyl-6-vinyl-pyridin-2-yl)-amine (1.51 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.68 min, [M+1]+ = 191.05. 1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.20 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 2.25 (s, 3 H), 3.56 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 5.32 (dd, J = 10.5, 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.23 (dd, J = 17.1 , 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.23 (s, 1 H), 6.36 (s, 1 H), 6.65 (dd, J = 17.3, 10.5 Hz, 1 H).
c) A solution of diethyl-(4-methyl-6-vinyl-pyridin-2-yl)-amine (457 mg, 2.40 mmol), N-methyl-morpholine-N-oxide (885 mg), and OsO4 (5 mg, 20 μmol, 200 μL of a 2.5% solution in tert.-butanol) in acetone (16 mL) and water (2 mL) is stirred at rt for 18 h. The mixture is diluted with EA (200 mL) and washed with water (50 mL). The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude 1 -(6- diethylamino-4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-ethane-1 ,2-diol (550 mg) as a brown oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.55 min, [M+1]+ = 225.03. 1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.20 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 2.27 (s, 3 H), 3.51 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 3.71 (dd, J = 11.3, 5.8 Hz, 1 H), 3.75 (s br, 1 H), 3.88 (dd, J = 11.0, 3.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.62 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.22 (s, 1 H), 6.33 (s, 1 H). A solution of the above crude 1-(6-diethylamino-4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-ethane-1 ,2- diol (550 mg, 2.45 mmol) and NaIO4 (857 mg, 4.01 mmol) in THF (18 mL) and water (3 mL) is stirred at rt for 7 h before another portion of NaIO4 (524 mg, 2.45 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued for 16 h. The mixure is diluted with EA, washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude 6- diethylamino-4-methyl-pyridine-2-carbaldehyde (427 mg) as a green oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.55 min, [M+1]+ = 193.01 ; 1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.22 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 2.34 (s, 3 H), 3.60 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 6.49 (s, 1 H), 7.04 (s, 1 H), 9.89 (s, 1 H).
d) A solution of 6-diethylamino-4-methyl-pyhdine-2-carbaldehyde (427 mg, 2.22 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (232 mg, 3.33 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) is stirred at 800C for 3 h, then at 900C for 10 h under microwave irradiation. The solution is cooled to 0°C before pyridine (1.10 g, 11.3 mmol) and trifluoromethane sulfonic anhydride (3.15 g, 11.2 mmol) is added. The mixture is warmed to rt and stirred for 18 h before it is diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with 10% aq. citric acid solution (50 ml_) followed by sat. aq. Na2CO3 solution. The org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 7:3 to give 6-diethylamino-4-methyl-pyridine-2- carbonitrile (329 mg) as a pale yellow solid; LC-MS: tR = 1.02 min, [M+1]+ = 190.02. 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ\ .19 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 2.28 (s, 3 H), 3.52 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 6.44 (s, 1 H), 6.74 (s, 1 H).
e) To a cold (00C) solution of potassium tert.-butylate (494 mg, 4.40 mmol) in methanol (10 ml_), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (262 mg, 3.73 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred for 30 min before 6-diethylamino-4-methyl-pyhdine-2-carbonithle (238 mg, 1.26 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued at rt for 18 h before the solvent is evaporated. The residue is dissolved in 1 N aq. HCI. The solution is extracted with EA. The pH of the aq. phase is adjusted to pH ~9 by adding sat. aq. NaHCO3. The mixture is extracted with EA and the org. extract is dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated and dried to give 6-diethylamino-N-hydroxy-4-methyl-pyridine-2- carboxamidine (241 mg) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.69 min, [M+1]+ = 223.05.
2,6-Dimethyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide
Figure imgf000100_0001
To a solution of 2,6-dimethyl-isonicotinic acid (1.59 g, 10.5 mmol), hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1.42 g, 10.7 mmol) and DIPEA (6.06 g, 31.5 mmol) in DMF (33 mL), TBTU (4.05 g, 12.6 mmol) is added. The suspension is stirred at rt for 2 h before it is diluted with EA:diethyl ether 1 :1 and washed with 1 N aq. NaOH solution. The washing is extracted three times with DCM, acidified and extracted again with DCM. The combined org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude N'-(2,6-dimethyl-pyridine-4-carbonyl)- hydrazinecarboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (2.79 g) as a brown oil. This material is dissolved 5 M HCI in dioxane (14 mL) and the resulting solution is stirred at rt for 3 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is purified by MPLC on RP-Ci8 silica gel to give 2,6-dimethyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide hydrochloride (1.71 g) as a beige solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.15 min, [IVM]+ = 166.10.
2-Ethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide
Figure imgf000101_0001
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2,6-dimethyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide hydrochloride starting from 2-ethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid; 1H NMR δ 1.46 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3 H), 2.87 (s, 3 H), 3.15 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 3 H), 8.14 (s, 1 H), 8.16 (s, 1 H).
2-lsobutyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide
Figure imgf000101_0002
To a solution of 2-isobutyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid (83 mg, 0.359 mmol) and DIPEA (186 mg, 1.44 mmol) in DMF (6 ml_) is added TBTU (127 mg, 0.395 mmol) at rt. The mixture is stirred for 45 min before 1 M hydrazine in THF (1.44 ml_, 1.44 mmol) is added and stirring is continued for 2 h. The mixture is diluted with ether (200 ml_) and washed with 1 M aq. HCI (3 x 5 ml_), 1 M aq. NaOH (3 x 5 ml_) and brine (5 ml_). The org. phase is separated, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates with DCM containing 4% of methanol to give 2-isobutyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide (37 mg) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.44 min, [M+1]+ = 208.10.
2-(1-Ethyl-propyl)-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide
Figure imgf000102_0001
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2-isobutyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide starting from 2-(1 -ethyl-propyl)-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid; LC-MS: tR = 0.49 min, [IVM]+ = 222.02.
2-Diethylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide
Figure imgf000102_0002
The title compound is prepared in analogy to 2-isobutyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide from 2-diethylamino-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid; LC-MS: tR = 0.47 min, [M+1]+ = 223.14.
General Method for the Preparation of 3,5-Dipyridyl-[1,2,4]oxadiazoles
Figure imgf000102_0003
To a solution of the appropriate pyridine carboxylic acid (1 eq.) and DIPEA (3 eq.) in DMF is added PyBOP (1.05 eq.) at 00C. The mixture is stirred for 15 min at 00C. The appropriate N-hydroxy pyhdine-carboxamidine (1.05 eq.) is added and stirring is continued for 1 to 8 h at 0°C to rt. The reaction is monitored by LC-MS. Upon complete conversion, the reaction is quenched with water and sat. aq. NaHCO3- solution. The mixture is extracted with diethyl ether, EA or DCM. The org. extracts are dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give the crude hydroxyamidine ester. This material is dissolved in dioxane and the resulting solution is stirred at 70-900C for 4 to 24 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the crude product is purified by either CC on silica gel, chromatography on prep. TLC plates or by HPLC to give the desired 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol in 30-80% yield.
General Method for the Preparation of 2,5-dipyridyl-[1,3,4]thiadiazoles
Figure imgf000103_0001
To a solution of the appropriate pyridine-carboxylic acid (1 eq.) and DIPEA (3 eq.) in DCM (20 mL/mmol), TBTU (1 eq.) is added. The mixture is stirred for 5 min before the appropriate pyridine-carboxylic acid hydrazide (1 eq.) is added. The mixture is stirred at rt for 1 h before it is diluted with DCM, washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The remaining residue is dissolved in THF, Lawesson's reagent (2 eq.) is added and the mixture is stirred at 1100C for 6 min under microwave irradiation. The mixture is diluted with EA, washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3, and concentrated. The crude product is purified by chromatography on prep. TLC plates or by prep. HPLC to give the desired 2,5-dipyridyl- [1 ,3,4]thiadiazole in 3-44% yield.
Examples 1 to 27
Figure imgf000103_0002
Following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles, the following examples are prepared:
Figure imgf000103_0003
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Example 1 : 1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.40 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.66 (s, 6 H), 2.70 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.73 (s, 2 H), 7.75 (s, 2 H).
Example 3: 1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.99 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.19 (hept, J = 6.5 Hz, 1 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.69 (s, 3 H), 2.75 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.95 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.67 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.75 (s, 2 H).
Example 4: 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 1.40 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.70 (s, 6 H), 2.96 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.78 (s br, 1 H), 4.86 (s, 2 H), 7.75 (s, 2 H), 7.84 (s, 2 H). Example 6: 1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.03 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 1.77-1.89 (m, 2 H), 2.66 (s, 6 H), 2.69 (s, 3 H), 2.88 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.72 (s, 3 H), 7.74 (s, 1 H).
Example 13: 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £0.92 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.11 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H), 2.06-2.17 (m, 1 H), 2.41 (s, 3 H), 2.60 (s, 3 H), 2.72 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.06 (s, 3 H), 3.63 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 6.98 (s, 1 H), 7.04 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (s, 1 H).
Example 14: 1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.98 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6H), 0.99 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6H), 2.13-2.28 (m, 2 H), 2.43 (s, 3 H), 2.68 (s, 3 H), 2.77 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 4 H), 7.68 (s, 1 H), 7.74 (s, 1 H), 8.16 (s, 1 H), 9.14 (s, 1 H).
Example 15: 1H NMR (CDCI3): £2.51 (s, 3 H), 2.55 (s, 3 H), 3.19 (s, 6 H), 3.22 (s, 6 H), 7.07 (s, 2 H), 7.15 (s, 2 H).
Example 23: 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.21 (t, J = 1.0 Hz, 3 H), 2.02-2.10 (m, 4 H), 2.50 (s, 3 H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 3 H), 3.56 (m, 4 H), 3.70 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 6.92 (s, 1 H), 7.05 (s, 1 H), 7.12 (s, 1 H), 7.15 (s, 1 H).
Example 25: 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.01 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 3 H), 2.18-2.30 (m, 1 H), 2.46 (s, 3 H), 2.66 (s, 3 H), 2.80 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.92 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.73 (s, 2 H), 8.22 (s, 1 H), 9.20 (s, 1 H).
Example 27: 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.00 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 3 H), 1.89-2.01 (m, 1 H), 2.48 (s, 3 H), 2.64 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.66 (s, 3 H), 2.92 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.80 (s, 2 H), 8.10 (s, 1 H), 8.56 (s, 1 H).
Examples 28 to 33
Figure imgf000109_0001
a) 2-Chloro-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyπdinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyri- dine (1.68 g) is obtained as a white solid following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles starting from 2-chloro-6-methyl- isonicotinic acid (1.70 g, 9.91 mmol) and 2-ethyl-N-hydroxy-6-methyl- isonicotinamidine (1.78 g, 9.91 mmol); LC-MS: tR = 0.79 min, [IVM]+ = 315.03; 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.39 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3 H), 2.72 (s, 3 H), 2.94 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.73 (s, 2 H), 7.88 (s, 1 H), 7.96 (s, 1 H).
b) To a solution of 2-chloro-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]- 6-methyl-pyridine (1 eq.), sodium tert.-butylate (5 eq.) and the appropriate amine (5 eq.) in dioxane (5-10 mL/mmol oxadiazol), a degassed solution of Xantphos (0.37 eq.) in dioxane followed by Pd(OAc)2 (0.21 eq.) is added. The mixture is stirred at 800C in a sealed vessel for 20 h before it is filtered. The filtrate is concentrated and the crude product is purified by prep. HPLC or on prep. TLC plates.
Figure imgf000109_0002
Figure imgf000110_0002
Example 28: 1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.39 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.52 (s, 3 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.93 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.02-3.06 (m, 3 H), 4.82 (s br, 1 H), 6.96 (s, 1 H), 7.22 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 2 H).
Example 30: 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.32 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6 H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.28 (s, 1 H), 2.51 (s, 3 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.93 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 3.92-4.00 (m, 1 H), 6.97 (s, 1 H), 7.19 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 2 H).
Examples 12, 13 and 34 to 38
Figure imgf000110_0001
a) 2-lsobutyl-4-[3-(2-chloro-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-py- ridine (1.50 g) is obtained as a white solid following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles starting from 2-isobutyl-6-methyl- isonicotinic acid (2.50 g, 10.9 mmol) and 2-chloro-N-hydroxy-6-methyl- isonicotinamidine (2.69 g, 10.9 mmol); LC-MS*: tR = 1.30 min, [M+1 ]+ = 343.07.
b) To a solution of 2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-chloro-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5- yl]-6-methyl-pyhdine (1 eq.), sodium tert.-butylate (5 eq.) and the appropriate amine (5 eq.) in dioxane (5-10 mL/mmol oxadiazol), a degassed solution of Xantphos (0.37 eq.) in dioxane followed by Pd(OAc)2 (0.21 eq.) is added. The mixture is stirred at 800C in a sealed vessel for 20 h before it is filtered. The filtrate is concentrated and the crude product is purified by prep. HPLC or on prep. TLC plates.
Figure imgf000111_0002
Examples 39 and 40
Figure imgf000111_0001
a) 2-lsobutyl-4-[3-(2-chloro-3-methyl-5-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyhdine (290 mg) is obtained as a white solid following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles starting from 2-isobutyl-6-methyl- isonicotinic acid (690 mg, 3.00 mmol) and 6-chloro-N-hydroxy-5-methyl- nicotinamidine (568 mg, 3.06 mmol); LC-MS*: tR = 1.17 min, [IVM]+ = 343.28; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.98 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 2.12-2.24 (m, 1 H), 2.50 (s, 3 H), 2.68 (s, 3 H), 2.77 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.67 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 8.30 (s, 1 H), 9.00 (s, 1 H).
b) To a solution of 2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-chloro-3-methyl-5-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5- yl]-6-methyl-pyridine (1 eq.), CS2CO3 (2.5 eq.) and the appropriate amine (5 eq.) in dioxane (5-10 mL/mmol oxadiazol), a degassed solution of Xantphos (0.37 eq.) in dioxane followed by Pd(OAc)2 (0.21 eq.) is added. The mixture is stirred at 900C in a sealed vessel for 20 h before it is filtered. The filtrate is concentrated and the crude product is purified by prep. HPLC or on prep. TLC plates.
Figure imgf000112_0002
Example 40: 1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.99 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 2.14-2.24 (m, 1 H), 2.41 (s, 3 H), 2.69 (s, 3 H), 2.78 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.03 (s, 6 H), 7.68 (s, 1 H), 7.74 (s, 1 H), 8.06 (s, 1 H), 8.87 (s, 1 H).
Example 41
Figure imgf000112_0001
A suspension of 2-ethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid (80 mg, 0.397 mmol) in SOCI2 (2 mL) is stirred at 65°C for 1 h. The now clear solution is concentrated and dried to provide crude 2-ethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid chloride. This material is dissolved in THF (4.5 ml_) and treated with 1 M hydrazine in THF (1.59 ml_, 1.59 mmol). The mixture is stirred at rt for 15 h before it is diluted with diethyl ether, washed with 1 M aq. HCI followed by 33% aq. KOH solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude 2-ethyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid N'-(2-ethyl-6-methyl- pyhdine-4-carbonyl)-hydrazide (38 mg) as a white solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.47 min, [M+1]+ = 327.41. This material is dissolved in DCM (5 ml_) and pyridine (42 mg, 0.536 mmol) followed by trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (91 mg, 0.322 mmol) is added at 00C. The mixture is stirred at 00C for 2 h before another portion of pyridine (42 mg, 0.536 mmol) and trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (61 mg, 0.214 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued for 2 h. The mixture is diluted with DCM, washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent of the filtrate is evaporated. The crude product is purified by prep. TLC with heptane:EA 7:3 to give 2-ethyl-4-[2-(2- ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine (16 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.59 min, [M+1]+ = 309.13; 1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.39 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 6 H), 2.68 (s, 6 H), 2.94 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 4 H), 7.70 (s, 4 H).
Example 42
Figure imgf000113_0001
To a solution of 2-isobutyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride (41 mg, 0.178 mmol) and DIPEA (69 mg, 0.535 mmol) in DMF (2mL) is added TBTU (57 mg, 0.178 mmol) at 00C. The mixture is stirred for 30 min at 0°C before 2-isobutyl-6- methyl-isonicotinic hydrazide (37 mg, 0.179 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued for 2 h. The mixture is diluted with ether (200 mL) and washed with 10% aq. citric acid solution (3 x 10 mL), sat. aq. NaHCO3-solution (3 x 10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dired over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude 2-isobutyl-6-methyl- isonicotinic acid N'-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridine-4-carbonyl)-hydrazide (70 mg) as a yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.60 min, [M+1]+ = 383.25. A part of this material (45 mg, 0.119 mmol) is dissolved in DCM (7 mL) and pyridine (47 mg, 0.595 mmol) followed by trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (37 mg, 0.131 mmol) is added at 00C. The mixture is stirred for 2 h at 00C and 15 h at rt before it is diluted with DCM, washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and the solvent of the filtrate is evaporated. The crude product is purified by prep. TLC with heptane:EA 2:3 to give 2-isobutyl-4- [2-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyhdine (27 mg) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.72 min, [M+1]+ = 365.54; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.99 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 12 H), 2.19 (hept, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 2.68 (s, 6 H), 2.77 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 4 H), 7.64 (s, 2 H), 7.69 (s, 2 H).
Example 43
Figure imgf000114_0001
a) 2-Chloro-4-[3-(2-methyl-4-pyhdinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine (1.50 g) is obtained as a white powder following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyhdyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles starting from 2-chloro-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid (499 mg, 2.91 mmol) and N-hydroxy-2-methyl-isonicotinamidine (550 mg, 2.91 mmol); LC-MS: tR = 0.78 min, [M+1]+ = 287.01.
b) To a solution of 2-chloro-4-[3-(2-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6- methyl-pyhdine (200 mg, 0.698 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL), Pd(dppf) (11 mg, 14 μmol) and isobutyl zink bromide (2.8 mL, 0.5 M in THF) is added. The mixture is stirred at 800C for 3 h before another portion of isobutyl zink bromide (2.8 mL) is added. Stirring is continued at 800C for 72 h. The mixture is cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with EA. The org. extract is concentrated and the crude product is purified by prep. HPLC to give 2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-methyl-4-pyhdinyl)- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine (22 mg) as a beige solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.71 min, [M+1]+ = 309.12.
Example 44
Figure imgf000115_0001
To a solution of 2-chloro-4-[3-(2-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine (160 mg, 0.558 mmol, Example 43 a)) in dioxane (10 ml_), Cs2CO3 (636 mg, 1.95 mmol) and diethylamine (204 mg, 2.79 mmol) is added. The mixture is degassed and put under N2 before Pd(II) acetate (25 mg, 0.112 mmol) and Xantphos (116 mg, 0.201 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred in a sealed vial at 900C for 72 h before it is cooled to rt. The mixture is filtered and the filtrate is evaporated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates with heptane:EA 3:1 to give 2-diethylamino-4-[3-(2-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine (43 mg) as a yellow solid; LC-MS: tR = 0.66 min, [IVM]+ = 324.15; 1H NMR «51.26 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 2.51 (s, 3 H), 2.71 (s, 3 H), 3.63 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 7.01 (s, 1 H), 7.09 (s, 1 H), 7.86 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.94 (s, 1 H), 8.71 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 1 H).
Examples 45 to 50
Figure imgf000115_0002
Following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles, the following examples are prepared:
Figure imgf000115_0003
Figure imgf000116_0001
* LC run under basic conditions, i.e. eluting with a gradient of acetontrile in water containing 13 mM of ammonium hydroxide; otherwise identical conditions.
Examples 51 to 58
Figure imgf000116_0002
Following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles, the following examples are prepared:
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Example 51
1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.00 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.19-2.29 (m, 1 H), 2.49 (s, 3 H), 2.66 (s, 3 H), 2.81 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 2.92 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.20 (s, 1 H), 7.78 (s, 2 H), 8.01 (s, 1 H).
Example 53
1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.00 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 1.92-2.03 (m, 1 H), 2.62 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (s, 6 H), 2.72 (s, 3 H), 7.62 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (s, 2 H), 8.09 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H).
Example 56
1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.38 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.17-2.28 (m, 1 H), 2.65 (s, 3 H), 2.78 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.91 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.98 (s, 3 H), 6.87 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.77 (s, 2 H).
Examples 59 to 70 Pyridine
Figure imgf000119_0001
Following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles, the following examples are prepared:
Figure imgf000119_0002
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Example 63
1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.99 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 12 H), 2.20 (hept, J = 6.8 Hz, 2 H), 2.68 (s, 6 H), 2.80 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 4 H), 7.70 (s, 2 H), 7.75 (s, 2 H).
Example 66
1H NMR (CDCI3): δλ .72-1.95 (m, 6 H), 2.13-2.23 (m, 2 H), 2.67 (s, 6 H), 2.69 (s, 3
H), 3.26-3.35 (m, 1 H), 7.73-7.75 (m, 3 H), 7.76 (s, 1 H).
Example 69
1H NMR (CDCI3): £1.00 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 2.14-2.25 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.70 (s, 3 H), 2.78 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 4.01 (s, 3 H), 7.31 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (s, 1 H), 7.69 (s, 1 H), 7.75 (s, 1 H).
Examples 71 to 82
Pyridine
Figure imgf000121_0002
Following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles, the following examples are prepared:
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Example 75
1H NMR (CDCI3): δ\ .38 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 1.43 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 2.29 (s, 3 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.93 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 5.44-5.52 (m, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 2 H), 8.15 (s, 1 H), 8.86 (s, 1 H).
Examples 83 to 90
Figure imgf000123_0002
Following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles, the following examples are prepared:
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Example 87
1H NMR (CDCI3): £1.31 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6 H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 3 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.66 (s, 3 H), 2.92 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.77-3.86 (m, 1 H), 4.27 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1 H), 6.48 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (s, 2 H).
Example 88
1H NMR (CDCI3): δλ .38 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 3 H), 2.62 (s, 3 H), 2.66 (s, 3 H), 2.92 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 3.14 (s, 6 H), 6.56 (d, J = 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.42 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.80 (s, 2 H).
Examples 91 to 113
Pyridine1\ i\|
Figure imgf000125_0002
Following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles, the following examples are prepared:
Figure imgf000125_0003
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Example 95
1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.97 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 3 H), 2.22 (hept, J = 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.45 (s, 3 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.78 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.93 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.11 (s, 1 H), 7.78 (s, 2 H), 7.87 (s, 1 H).
Example 98
1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.98 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.02 (hept, J = 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.57 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.69 (s, 3 H), 2.70 (s, 3 H), 2.94 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.14 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.82 (s, 2 H), 7.85 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1 H).
Example 99 1H NMR (CDCI3): £1.38 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.93 (q, J = 8.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.97 (s, 3 H), 6.49 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.26 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.78 (s, 1 H), 7.79 (s, 1 H)
Example 109
1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.99 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.30 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.13-2.25 (m, 1 H), 2.45 (s, 3 H), 2.69 (s, 3 H), 2.73-2.80 (m, 4 H), 7.79 (s, 1 H), 7.83 (s, 1 H), 8.01 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H).
Example 113
1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.99 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 2.14-2.24 (m, 1 H), 2.29 (s, 3 H), 2.69 (s, 3 H), 2.78 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 4.04 (s, 3 H), 7.69 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (s, 1 H), 7.84 (s, 1 H), 8.49 (s, 1 H).
Example 114
Figure imgf000129_0001
a) 2-Bromo-6-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-methoxy-pyπdine (24 mg) is prepared following the general method for the preparation of 3,5- dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles starting from 6-bromo-4-methoxy-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (150 mg, 0646 mmol) and N-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-isonicotinamidine (107 mg, 0.646 mmol); LC-MS: tR = 0.76 min, [M+1]+ = 360.91.
b) 2-Diethylamino-6-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-methoxy- pyridine (5 mg) is obtained as a yellow oil by treating above 2-bromo-6-[3-(2,6- dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-methoxy-pyridine (24 mg, 66 μmol) with diethylamine under Buchwald conditions as described for Example 44; LC- MS*: tR = 1.08 min, [M+1]+ = 354.27; 1H NMR (CDCI3). £ 1.26 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 6 H), 2.66 (s, 6 H), 3.63 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 4 H), 3.94 (s, 3 H), 6.13 (s, 1 H), 7.20 (s, 1 H), 7.75 (s, 2 H). Example 115
Figure imgf000130_0001
2-Diethylamino-6-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-methoxy- pyridine is prepared in analogy to Example 114; LC-MS*: tR = 1.13 min, [M+1]+ : 368.27.
Example 116
Figure imgf000130_0002
2,6-Dimethyl-4-[2-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-pyridine is obtained in analogy to Example 42 starting from 2-isobutyl-6-methyl-isonicotinic acid (40 mg, 174 μmol) and 2,6-dimethyl-isonicotinic acid hydrazide (35 mg, 261 μmol); LC-MS: tR = 0.63 min, [M+1]+ = 322.99; 1H NMR (CDCI3): «51.00 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 2.19 (hept, J = 6.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.68 (s, 9 H), 2.77 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.64 (s, 1 H), 7.70 (s, 3 H).
Example 117
Figure imgf000130_0003
Following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles, the following examples are prepared:
Figure imgf000131_0001
Example 117
1H NMR (CDCI3): δλ .39 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 1.71 -1.80 (m, 2 H), 1.83-1.95 (m, 4 H), 2.07-2.16 (m, 2 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.93 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.21 -3.30 (m, 1 H), 4.03 (s, 3 H), 7.31 (s, 1 H), 7.51 (s, 1 H), 7.74 (s, 2 H).
Examples 118 to 123
PyridineV c
Figure imgf000131_0002
Following the general method for the preparation of 2,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazoles, the following examples are prepared:
Figure imgf000131_0003
Figure imgf000132_0001
Example 120
1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.86 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 6 H), 1.79 (quint, J = 7.5 Hz, 4 H), 2.64-2.71 (m, 10 H), 7.52 (s, 1 H), 7.55 (s, 1 H), 7.59 (s, 2 H).
Example 121
1H NMR (CDCI3): 0.86 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 6 H), £ 1.39 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 1.79 (quint, J = 7.3 Hz, 4 H), 2.64-2.71 (m, 7 H), 2.93 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.52 (s, 1 H), 7.56 (s, 1 H), 7.59 (s, 2 H).
Example 122 1H NMR (CDCI3): δ 1.24 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 6 H), 2.48 (s, 3 H), 2.66 (s, 6 H), 3.62 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 4 H), 6.85 (s, 1 H), 6.94 (s, 1 H), 7.57 (s, 2 H).
Examples 124 to 128
Figure imgf000133_0001
Following the general method for the preparation of 3,5-dipyridyl-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazoles, the following examples are prepared:
Figure imgf000133_0002
Figure imgf000134_0002
Example 125
1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.96 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.00 (hept, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.59 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 2.66 (s, 3 H), 2.92 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 4.05 (s, 3 H), 7.78 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (s, 2 H), 8.47 (s, 1 H).
Example 127
1H NMR (CDCI3): δλ .25 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 1.39 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3 H), 2.37 (s, 3 H), 2.69 (s, 3 H), 2.95 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2 H), 3.64 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 4 H), 6.47 (s, 1 H), 7.29 (s, 1 H), 7.77 (s, 2 H).
Example 128
1H NMR (CDCI3): £1.00 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.25 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6 H), 2.14-2.25 (m, 1 H), 2.37 (s, 3 H), 2.69 (s, 3 H), 2.78 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 3.64 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 4 H), 6.47 (s, 1 H), 7.29 (s, 1 H), 7.71 (s, 1 H), 7.77 (s, 1 H).
Example 129
Figure imgf000134_0001
a) To a solution of 2-methyl-6-(2-methyl-propyl)-isonicotinic acid (3.80 g, 16.5 mmol) in DCM (50 ml_), DIPEA (10.7 g, 82.7 mmol) followed by TBTU (6.37 g, 19.9 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at rt for 10 min before N1O- dimethylhydroxylamine (1.94 g, 19.9 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at rt for
1 h before it is diluted with DCM, washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3, followed by water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silic gel eluting with heptane:EA 1 :1 to give 2-isobutyl-N-methoxy-6,N-dimethyl- isonicotinamide (3.37 g) as a colourless oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.61 min; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.95 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 2.06-2.18 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (s, 3 H), 2.69 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 3.37 (s, 3 H), 3.57 (s, 3 H), 7.13 (s, 1 H), 7.18 (s, 1 H).
b) To a solution of 2-isobutyl-N-methoxy-6,N-dimethyl-isonicotinamide (410 mg, 1.74 mmol) in THF (10 ml_), methyl magnesium bromide (1.17 ml_ of a 3 M solution in ether, 3.47 mmol) is added at 5°C. The mixture is stirred at 5°C for 1.5 h. The reaction is quenched by adding NH4CI. The mixture is diluted with EA (50 ml_), washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 4:1 to give 1- (2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-ethanone (280 mg) as a colourless oil. LC-MS: tR = 0.84 min; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.96 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 2.08-2.20 (m, 1 H), 2.62 (s, 3 H), 2.65 (s, 3 H), 2.74 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 7.37 (s, 1 H), 7.42 (s, 1 H).
c) A solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (120 mg, 1.732 mmol) in water (0.5 mL) and 1 N aq. NaOH (1.2 mL) is added to 1-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)- ethanone (276 mg, 1.44 mmol). The solution is stirred at 800C for 2 h and MeOH is added to maintain homogeneity of the mixture. The mixture is cooled to rt and the precipitate that forms is collected, washed with water and dried in vacuo to give 1 - (2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-ethanone oxime (258 mg) as a white solid; 1H NMR (D6-DMSO): £0.88 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.98-2.10 (m, 1 H), 2.13 (s, 3 H), 2.45 (s, 3 H), 2.56 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2 H), 7.22 (s, 1 H), 7.27 (s, 1 H), 11.54 (s, 1 H).
d) To a solution of 1 -(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-ethanone oxime (125 mg, 0.606 mmol) in pyridine (0.4 mL), p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (127 mg, 0.667 mmol) is added at 5°C. The mixture is stirred at 5°C for 15 h before another portion of p- toluene sulfonyl chloride (63 mg, 0.334 mmol) is added. Stirring is continued for 5 h. The solvent is evaporated and the remaining residue is partioned between water (15 mL) and EA (25 mL). The org. phase is separated, washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by CC on silica gel eluting with heptane:EA 3:1 to 2:1 to give 1 -(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4- yl)-ethanone oxime p-toluenesulfonic ester (177 mg) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.99*, [M+1]+ = 361.04. e) A solution of potassium ethanolate (24% in water, 0.3 ml_) is added to a solution of 1 -(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-ethanone oxime p-toluenesulfonic ester (500 mg, 1.39 mmol) in EtOH (1.7 ml_) at 5°C. The mixture is stirred at rt for 1 h. The mixture is diluted with ether and stirred for 30 min before it is filtered through celite. The filtrate is concentrated and dissolved in ether (25 ml_). 2 N aq. HCI (15 ml_) is added and the mixture is stirred at rt for 1 h. The org. phase is separated and extracted with 2 N aq. HCI (3x20 ml_). The aq. extracts are combined and concenctrated to give crude 2,2-diethoxy-2-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)- ethylamine dihydrochloride (453 mg) as a yellow resin; LC-MS: tR = 0.84*, [M+1]+ = 281.23.
f) To a solution of 2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridine carboxylic acid hydrochloride (159 mg, 0.849 mmol) in DMF (6 ml_), EDC (244 mg, 1.27 mmol) and HOBt (172 mg, 1.27 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at rt for 15 min before ethyl diisopropylamine (439 mg, 3.37 mmol) and a solution of 2,2-diethoxy-2-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin- 4-yl)-ethylamine dihydrochloride (300 mg, 0.849 mmol) in DMF (0.5 ml_) is added. The mixture is stirred at rt for 4 h, diluted with EA (30 ml_), and washed with sat. aq. NaHCOs (15 ml_) and brine (15 ml_). The org. extract is dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates with DCM containing 5% of methanol to give N-[2,2-diethoxy-2-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4- yl)-ethyl]-2,6-dimethyl-isonicotinamide (444 mg) as a colourless resin; LC-MS: tR = 0.89*, [M+1]+ = 414.11 ; 1H NMR (CDCI3): «50.91 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 1.26 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 2.01 -2.13 (m, 1 H), 2.55 (s, 6 H), 2.59 (s, 3 H), 2.67 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 3.40-3.49 (m, 2 H), 3.52-3.61 (m, 2 H), 3.86 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2 H), 5.80 (s br, 1 H), 7.04 (s, 2 H), 7.10 (s, 1 H), 7.16 (s, 1 H).
g) To a solution of N-[2,2-diethoxy-2-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-ethyl]-2,6- dimethyl-isonicotinamide (60 mg, 0.177 mmol) in THF (4 mL), 25% aq. HCI (50 μl_) is added and the mixture is stirred at 65°C for 2 h. Another portion of 25% aq. HCI (50 μL) is added and stirring is continued at 65°C for 3 h. The mixture is cooled to 00C, neutralized by adding 1 N aq. NaOH solution and extracted twice with EA. The combined org. extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude N-[2-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2,6-dimethyl- isonicotinamide (48 mg) as an orange oil. Part of this material (22 mg) is purified on prep. TLC plates using DCM containing 10% of methanol to give N-[2-(2-isobutyl-6- methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2,6-dimethyl-isonicotinamide (9 mg) as a pale yellow oil; LC-MS: tR = 0.75*, [M+1]+ = 330.13; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £0.97 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6 H), 2.09-2.21 (m, 1 H), 2.64 (s, 6 H), 2.67 (s, 3 H), 2.75 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2 H), 4.94 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.23 (s br, 1 H), 7.38 (s, 2 H), 7.42 (s, 1 H), 7.49 (s, 1 H).
h) To a solution of N-[2-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-pyridin-4-yl)-2-oxo-ethyl]-2,6-dimethyl- isonicotinamide (9 mg, 27 μmol) in THF (1 mL), Burgess reagent (20 mg, 80 μmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at 600C for 2 h before it is concentrated. The crude product is purified on prep. TLC plates with DCM containing 5% of methanol to give
2-isobutyl-4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-oxazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine (5 mg) as a pale yellow wax; LC-MS: tR = 0.96*, [M+1]+ = 322.12; 1H NMR (CDCI3): £ 1.00 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6 H), 2.13-2.24 (m, 1 H), 2.64 (s, 3 H), 2.66 (s, 6 H), 2.72 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2
H), 7.24 (s, 1 H), 7.31 (s, 1 H), 7.67 (s, 3 H).
Example 130: GTPγS assay to determine EC50 values GTPγS binding assays are performed in 96 well microtiter plates (Nunc, 442587) in a final volume of 200 μl, using membrane preparations of CHO cells expressing recombinant human S1 P1 receptor. Assay conditions are 20 mM Hepes (Fluka, 54461 ), 100 mM NaCI (Fluka, 71378), 5 mM MgCI2 (Fluka, 63064), 0.1 % BSA (Calbiochem, 126609), 1 μM GDP (Sigma, G-7127), 2.5% DMSO (Fluka, 41644), 50 pM 35S-GTPγS (Amersham Biosciences, SJ1320). The pH is 7.4. Test compounds are dissolved and diluted in 100% DMSO and pre-incubated at room temperature for 30 min in 150 μl of the above assay buffer, in the absence of 35S- GTPγS. After addition of 50 μl of 35S-GTPγS, the assay is incubated for 1 h at rt. The assay is terminated by transfer of the reaction mixture to a Multiscreen plate (Millipore, MAHFC1 H60) using a cell harvester from Packard Biosciences, and the plates are washed with ice-cold 10 mM Na2HPO4/NaH2PO4 (70%/30%), dried, sealed at the bottom and, after addition of 25 μl MicroScint20 (Packard Biosciences, order# 6013621 ), sealed on the top. Membrane-bound 35 S c -GTPγS is measured with a TopCount from Packard Biosciences.
EC5O is the concentration of agonist inducing 50 % of the maximal specific 35S- GTPγS binding. Specific binding is determined by subtracting non-specific binding from maximal binding. Maximal binding is the amount of cpm bound to the Multiscreen plate in the presence of 10 μM of S1 P. Non-specific binding is the amount of binding in the absence of an agonist in the assay.
Agonistic activities (EC50 values) of all exemplified compounds are in the range of 0.3 - 4250 nM with an average of 406 nM. Agonistic activities, determined according to the method described above, of some compounds of Formula (I) are displayed in Table 1 :
Table 1 :
Figure imgf000138_0001
Example 131 : Assessment of In vivo Efficacy
The efficacy of the compounds of Formula (I) is assessed by measuring the circulating lymphocytes after oral administration of 3 to 30 mg/kg of a compound of Formula (I) to normotensive male Wistar rats. The animals are housed in climate- controlled conditions with a 12 h-light/dark cycle, and have free access to normal rat chow and drinking water. Blood is collected before and 3, 6 and 24 h after drug administration. Full blood is subjected to hematology using Advia Hematology system (Bayer Diagnostics, Zurich, Switzerland).
All data are presented as mean ± SEM. Statistical analyses are performed by analysis of variance (ANOVA) using Statistica (StatSoft) and the Student-Newman- Keuls procedure for multiple comparisons. The null hypothesis is rejected when p < 0.05.
As an example, Table 2 shows the effect on lymphocyte counts 6 h after oral administration of 10 mg/kg, or where indicated of 3 mg/kg, of some compounds of the present invention to normotensive male Wistar rats as compared to a group of animals treated with vehicle only.
Table 2:
Figure imgf000139_0001
at a dose of 3 mg/kg.

Claims

Claims
1. A compound of Formula (I),
Pyridine1 — A — Pyridine2
Formula (I) wherein
Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000140_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine1 ring is bound to A;
R1 represents Ci-5-alkyl, Ci-4-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl, hydroxymethyl, or NR1aR1b; R1a represents Ci-4-alkyl;
R1b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl; or R1a and R1b, together with the nitrogen that is attached to the pyridine, form a pyrrolidine ring; R2 represents hydrogen, or Ci-4-alkyl, or in case R1 represents Ci-5-alkyl or C3-6- cycloalkyl, R2 may in addition represent methoxy;
R3 represents d-5-alkyl, Ci-4-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl, or NR3aR3b;
R3a represents Ci-4-alkyl; R3b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl; R4 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or hydrogen;
R5 represents Ci-5-alkyl, methoxy, or NR5aR5b; and R6 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R5a represents Ci-4-alkyl; R5b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl; or
R5 represents Ci-2-alkyl, or methoxy; and R6 represents Ci-5-alkyl, or NR6aR6b;
R6a represents Ci-4-alkyl;
R6b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl;
R7 represents Ci-5-alkyl;
R8 represents Ci-2-alkyl, or methoxy;
R9 represents Ci-5-alkyl; R10 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
A represents
Figure imgf000141_0001
wherein the asterisks indicate the bond that is linked to the Pyridine1 ring;
Pyridine2 represents
Figure imgf000141_0002
Figure imgf000142_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine2 ring is bound to A;
R11 represents Ci-4-alkyl, Ci-3-alkoxy, hydroxy methyl, or NR11aR11b; R11a represents Ci-3-alkyl;
R11b represents hydrogen, or d-2-alkyl; R12 represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl;
R13 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR13aR13b; R13a represents d-3-alkyl;
R13b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl; R14 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R15 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR15aR15b; and R16 represents d-2-alkyl; R15a represents Ci-3-alkyl;
R15b represents hydrogen, or Ci-3-alkyl; or
R15 represents Ci-2-alkyl; and R16 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR16aR16b; R16a represents d-3-alkyl; R16b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl;
R17 represents Ci-4-alkyl;
R18 represents Ci-2-alkyl, or methoxy;
R ,19 represents Ci-4-alkyl; and R20 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
with the exception of 3-(2-ethyl-4-pyridyl)-5-(2-ethyl-4-pyridyl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazole;
or a salt of such a compound.
2. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein R2 represents hydrogen, or Ci-4- alkyl, or a salt of such a compound.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein if R2 or R4 represents hydrogen, R12 represents Ci-2-alkyl, or a salt of such a compound.
4. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000143_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine1 ring is bound to A;
R1 represents C2-5-alkyl, C2-3-alkoxy, cyclopentyl, or NR1aR1b;
R1a represents Ci-3-alkyl; R1b represents Ci-2-alkyl, or hydrogen;
R2 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R3 represents C2-4-alkyl; R4 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R5 represents methyl; R6 represents C2-4-alkyl;
R7 represents C2-4-alkyl; and
R8 represents methyl; or a salt of such a compound.
5. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein Pyridine1 represents
Figure imgf000144_0001
wherein the asterisk marks the bond with which the Pyridine1 ring is bound to A; or a salt of such a compound.
6. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R1 represents C2-5- alkyl, C2-3-alkoxy, cyclopentyl, or NR1aR1b, wherein R1a represents Ci-3-alkyl and R1b represents hydrogen, or d-2-alkyl; and R2 represents Ci-2-alkyl; or a salt of such a compound.
7. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein A represents
Figure imgf000144_0002
wherein the asterisk marks the bond that is linked to the Pyridine1 ring; or a salt of such a compound.
8. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein Pyridine2 represents
Figure imgf000144_0003
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine2 ring is bound to A; R11 represents Ci-4-alkyl, hydroxymethyl, or NR11aR11b; R11a represents Ci-3-alkyl; R11b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl; R »12 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R13 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR13aR13b; R13a represents Ci-3-alkyl; R13b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl; R14 represents Ci-2-alkyl;
R15 represents Ci-4-alkyl, and R16 represents Ci-2-alkyl; or
R15 represents Ci-2-alkyl; and R16 represents Ci-4-alkyl, or NR16aR16b;
R16a represents Ci-3-alkyl; and R16b represents hydrogen, or Ci-2-alkyl; or a salt of such a compound.
9. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein Pyridine2 represents
Figure imgf000145_0001
wherein the asterisks mark the bond with which the Pyridine2 ring is bound to A; or a salt of such a compound.
10. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein Pyridine2 represents
Figure imgf000146_0001
wherein the asterisk marks the bond with which the Pyridine2 ring is bound to A; or a salt of such a compound.
11. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein R11 represents methyl, ethyl, hydroxymethyl, methylamino, or dimethylamino; and R12 represents methyl; or a salt of such a compound.
12. A compound according to claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
2-ethyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
2-ethyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
2-ethyl-4-[3-(2-isobutyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine; 2-propyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
2-propyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine; 2-methylamino-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine;
2-ethylamino-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine;
2-isopropylamino-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine;
2-diethylamino-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine;
2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-methylamino-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine; 2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-isopropylamino-3-methyl-5-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6- methyl-pyridine; and
2-(1 -ethyl-propyl)-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine; or a salt of such a compound.
13. A compound according to claim 1 selected from the group consisting of: 2-isopropoxy-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl- pyridine; 2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methoxy- pyridine;
2,6-diethyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-pyridine;
2,6-diethyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-pyridine;
2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-ethyl-pyridine; 2-isobutyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-ethyl-pyridine;
2-(3-pentyl)-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
2-cyclopentyl-4-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methyl-pyridine;
6-methoxy-2-(3-pentyl)-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]- pyridine; 2-cyclopentyl-4-[3-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-6-methoxy- pyridine;
6-methyl-2-(3-pentyl)-4-[2-(2,6-dimethyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-5-yl]-pyridine; and
6-methyl-2-(3-pentyl)-4-[2-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-4-pyridinyl)-[1 ,3,4]thiadiazol-5-yl]- pyridine; or a salt of such a compound.
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
15. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 14, for use as a medicament.
16. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention or treatment of diseases or disorders associated with an activated immune system.
17. The use according to claim 16 for the prevention or treatment of diseases or disorders selected from the group consisting of rejection of transplanted organs such as kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas, cornea, and skin; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by stem cell transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel diseases such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, thyroiditis such as Hashimoto's thyroiditis, uveo-retinitis; atopic diseases such as rhinitis, conjunctivitis, dermatitis; asthma; type I diabetes; post- infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonephritis; solid cancers and tumor metastasis.
PCT/IB2008/053269 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators WO2009024905A1 (en)

Priority Applications (19)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP08789611A EP2195311B1 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators
US12/673,918 US8598208B2 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as S1P1/EDG1 receptor modulators
AU2008290233A AU2008290233B2 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as S1P1/EDG1 receptor modulators
DE602008005770T DE602008005770D1 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as S1P1 / EDG1 receptor modulators
JP2010520670A JP5451614B2 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as S1P1 / EDG1 receptor modulators
AT08789611T ATE502938T1 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES AS S1P1/EDG1 RECEPTOR MODULATORS
PL08789611T PL2195311T3 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators
RU2010109542/04A RU2492168C2 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators
DK08789611.4T DK2195311T3 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as S1P1 / EDG1 receptor modulators
MX2010001881A MX2010001881A (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators.
CA2695509A CA2695509A1 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators
CN200880103070.2A CN102648198B (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as S1P1/EDG1 receptor modulators
BRPI0815190 BRPI0815190A2 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivative compound, pharmaceutical composition comprising it and use thereof
NZ583957A NZ583957A (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators
SI200830269T SI2195311T1 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators
MA32693A MA31703B1 (en) 2007-08-17 2010-03-12 PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES AS MODULATORS OF THE S1P1 / EDG1 RECEPTOR
ZA2010/01873A ZA201001873B (en) 2007-08-17 2010-03-16 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators
HK10111281.3A HK1144809A1 (en) 2007-08-17 2010-12-03 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators
HR20110449T HRP20110449T1 (en) 2007-08-17 2011-06-16 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
IBPCT/IB2007/053293 2007-08-17
IB2007053293 2007-08-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009024905A1 true WO2009024905A1 (en) 2009-02-26

Family

ID=40193868

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2008/053269 WO2009024905A1 (en) 2007-08-17 2008-08-14 Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators

Country Status (27)

Country Link
US (1) US8598208B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2195311B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5451614B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101541558B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102648198B (en)
AR (1) AR067977A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE502938T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2008290233B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0815190A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2695509A1 (en)
CY (1) CY1111830T1 (en)
DE (1) DE602008005770D1 (en)
DK (1) DK2195311T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2361463T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1144809A1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20110449T1 (en)
MA (1) MA31703B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2010001881A (en)
MY (1) MY153975A (en)
NZ (1) NZ583957A (en)
PL (1) PL2195311T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2195311E (en)
RU (1) RU2492168C2 (en)
SI (1) SI2195311T1 (en)
TW (1) TWI422373B (en)
WO (1) WO2009024905A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201001873B (en)

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010127440A1 (en) * 2009-05-04 2010-11-11 Prometic Biosciences Inc. Substituted aromatic compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof
US8288554B2 (en) 2006-09-08 2012-10-16 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Pyridin-3-yl derivatives as immunomodulating agents
US8785484B2 (en) 2008-03-17 2014-07-22 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Dosing regimen for a selective S1P1 receptor agonist
US9340518B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2016-05-17 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Process for the preparation of (2Z,5Z)-5-(3-chloro-4-((R)-2,3-dihydroxypropdxy)benzylidene)-2-(propylimino)-3-(o-tolyl)thiazolidin-4-one and intermediate used in said process
WO2017004610A1 (en) 2015-07-02 2017-01-05 Exelixis, Inc. Tercyclic s1p3-sparing, s1p1 receptor agonists
WO2017004609A1 (en) 2015-07-02 2017-01-05 Exelixis, Inc. Thiadiazole modulators of s1p and methods of making and using
WO2017004608A1 (en) 2015-07-02 2017-01-05 Exelixis, Inc. Oxadiazole modulators of s1p methods of making and using
US9617250B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-04-11 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Pyridin-4-yl derivatives
WO2017155909A1 (en) 2016-03-07 2017-09-14 The Global Alliance For Tb Drug Development, Inc. Antibacterial compounds and uses thereof
WO2017157885A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft N-(cyanobenzyl)-6-(cyclopropyl-carbonylamino)-4-(phenyl)-pyridine-2-carboxamide derivatives and related compounds as pesticides and plant protection agents
US10111841B2 (en) 2015-06-19 2018-10-30 University Of South Florida Stabilization of alcohol intoxication-induced cardiovascular instability
US10385043B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2019-08-20 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Crystalline form of the compound (S)-3-{4-[5-(2-cyclopentyl-6-methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl]-2-ethyl-6-methyl-phenoxy}-propane-1,2-diol
US11014897B1 (en) 2018-10-16 2021-05-25 Celgene Corporation Solid forms comprising a thiazolidinone compound, compositions and methods of use thereof
US11013723B1 (en) 2018-10-16 2021-05-25 Celgene Corporation Solid forms of a thiazolidinone compound, compositions and methods of use thereof
US11014940B1 (en) 2018-10-16 2021-05-25 Celgene Corporation Thiazolidinone and oxazolidinone compounds and formulations
US11186556B1 (en) 2018-10-16 2021-11-30 Celgene Corporation Salts of a thiazolidinone compound, solid forms, compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022053994A1 (en) * 2020-09-11 2022-03-17 Pi Industries Limited A process for the preparation of substituted pyridine compounds and intermediates thereof

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101470659B1 (en) * 2006-09-07 2014-12-08 액테리온 파마슈티칼 리미티드 Pyridine-4-yl derivatives as immunomodulating agents
US20100029685A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2010-02-04 Neurosearch A/S Oxadiazole and thiadiazole compounds and their use as nicotinic acetylcholine receptor modulators
JP2010521450A (en) * 2007-03-16 2010-06-24 アクテリオン ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Amino-pyridine derivatives as S1P1 / EDG1 receptor agonists
ES2414533T3 (en) * 2008-03-07 2013-07-19 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Pyridin-2-yl derivatives as immunomodulating agents
CN102471328B (en) 2009-07-16 2015-04-01 埃科特莱茵药品有限公司 Pyridin-4-yl derivatives
SG191742A1 (en) 2011-01-19 2013-08-30 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd 2-methoxy-pyridin-4-yl derivatives
WO2013164769A1 (en) 2012-05-02 2013-11-07 Lupin Limited Substituted pyridine compounds as crac modulators

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3647809A (en) * 1968-04-26 1972-03-07 Chinoin Gyogyszer Es Vegyeszet Certain pyridyl-1 2 4-oxadiazole derivatives
WO2004103279A2 (en) * 2003-05-15 2004-12-02 Merck & Co., Inc. 3-(2-amino-1-azacyclyl)-5-aryl-1,2,4-oxadiazoles as s1p receptor agonists
WO2005058848A1 (en) * 2003-12-17 2005-06-30 Merck & Co., Inc. (3,4-disubstituted)propanoic carboxylates as s1p (edg) receptor agonists

Family Cites Families (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU7686891A (en) 1990-04-05 1991-10-30 American National Red Cross, The A protein family related to immediate-early protein expressed by human endothelial cells during differentiation
WO1999046277A1 (en) 1998-03-09 1999-09-16 Smithkline Beecham Corporation HUMAN EDG-1c POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND POLYPEPTIDES AND METHODS OF USE
AU780191B2 (en) * 1999-08-19 2005-03-03 Astrazeneca Ab Heteropolycyclic compounds and their use as metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists
EP1379525B1 (en) 2001-02-21 2007-10-10 Nps Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteropolycyclic compounds and their use as metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists
EP1470137B1 (en) 2002-01-18 2009-09-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Edg receptor agonists
US7351725B2 (en) 2002-01-18 2008-04-01 Merck & Co., Inc. N-(benzyl)aminoalkylcarboxylates, phosphinates, phosphonates and tetrazoles as Edg receptor agonists
AU2003279915A1 (en) 2002-10-15 2004-05-04 Merck And Co., Inc. Process for making azetidine-3-carboxylic acid
CA2539438A1 (en) 2003-10-01 2005-04-14 Merck And Co., Inc. 3,5-aryl, heteroaryl or cycloalkyl substituted-1,2,4-oxadiazoles as s1p receptor agonists
WO2005115382A1 (en) 2004-05-29 2005-12-08 7Tm Pharma A/S Crth2 receptor ligands for medicinal uses
EA200701745A1 (en) 2005-03-17 2008-06-30 Пфайзер, Инк. CYCLOPROPANKARCARBOXAMID DERIVATIVES
WO2006114400A1 (en) 2005-04-26 2006-11-02 Neurosearch A/S Novel oxadiazole derivatives and their medical use
CA2610310A1 (en) 2005-06-08 2006-12-14 Novartis Ag Polycyclic oxadiazoles or isoxazoles and their use as s1p receptor ligands
CN101203220A (en) 2005-06-28 2008-06-18 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 New use
TWI404706B (en) * 2006-01-11 2013-08-11 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Novel thiophene derivatives
US8178562B2 (en) 2006-01-24 2012-05-15 Actelion Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. Pyridine derivatives
GB0601744D0 (en) 2006-01-27 2006-03-08 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
KR101470659B1 (en) 2006-09-07 2014-12-08 액테리온 파마슈티칼 리미티드 Pyridine-4-yl derivatives as immunomodulating agents
EP2069335B1 (en) 2006-09-08 2012-12-26 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Pyridin-3-yl derivatives as immunomodulating agents
US8044076B2 (en) 2006-09-21 2011-10-25 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Phenyl derivatives and their use as immunomodulators
BRPI0720043A2 (en) 2006-12-15 2014-01-07 Abbott Lab OXADIAZOL COMPOUND
JP2010521450A (en) 2007-03-16 2010-06-24 アクテリオン ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Amino-pyridine derivatives as S1P1 / EDG1 receptor agonists
WO2009057079A2 (en) 2007-11-01 2009-05-07 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Novel pyrimidine derivatives
JP5411877B2 (en) 2008-03-06 2014-02-12 アクテリオン ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Pyridine compounds
JP2011513385A (en) 2008-03-06 2011-04-28 アクテリオン ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Novel pyrimidine-pyridine derivatives
AU2009220893A1 (en) 2008-03-07 2009-09-11 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Novel aminomethyl benzene derivatives
ES2414533T3 (en) 2008-03-07 2013-07-19 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Pyridin-2-yl derivatives as immunomodulating agents
PT2913326T (en) 2008-05-14 2020-08-24 Scripps Research Inst Novel modulators of sphingosine phosphate receptors
CN102471328B (en) 2009-07-16 2015-04-01 埃科特莱茵药品有限公司 Pyridin-4-yl derivatives

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3647809A (en) * 1968-04-26 1972-03-07 Chinoin Gyogyszer Es Vegyeszet Certain pyridyl-1 2 4-oxadiazole derivatives
WO2004103279A2 (en) * 2003-05-15 2004-12-02 Merck & Co., Inc. 3-(2-amino-1-azacyclyl)-5-aryl-1,2,4-oxadiazoles as s1p receptor agonists
WO2005058848A1 (en) * 2003-12-17 2005-06-30 Merck & Co., Inc. (3,4-disubstituted)propanoic carboxylates as s1p (edg) receptor agonists

Cited By (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8288554B2 (en) 2006-09-08 2012-10-16 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Pyridin-3-yl derivatives as immunomodulating agents
US8785484B2 (en) 2008-03-17 2014-07-22 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Dosing regimen for a selective S1P1 receptor agonist
US10660880B2 (en) 2008-03-17 2020-05-26 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Dosing regimen for a selective S1P1 agonist
US10251867B2 (en) 2008-03-17 2019-04-09 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Dosing regimen for a selective S1P1 receptor agonist
US9938221B2 (en) 2009-05-04 2018-04-10 Prometic Pharma Smt Limited Substituted aromatic compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof
CN102438975A (en) * 2009-05-04 2012-05-02 普罗米蒂克生物科学公司 Substituted aromatic compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof
US8927765B2 (en) 2009-05-04 2015-01-06 Prometic Biosciences Inc. Substituted aromatic compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof
CN102438975B (en) * 2009-05-04 2015-12-16 普罗米蒂克生物科学公司 Substituted aromatic and its medicinal usage
EA022445B1 (en) * 2009-05-04 2016-01-29 Прометик Байосайенсиз Инк. Substituted aromatic compounds, compositions based thereon and pharmaceutical uses thereof
WO2010127440A1 (en) * 2009-05-04 2010-11-11 Prometic Biosciences Inc. Substituted aromatic compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof
US10815183B2 (en) 2009-05-04 2020-10-27 Prometic Pharma Smt Limited Substituted aromatic compounds and pharmaceutical uses thereof
US9340518B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2016-05-17 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Process for the preparation of (2Z,5Z)-5-(3-chloro-4-((R)-2,3-dihydroxypropdxy)benzylidene)-2-(propylimino)-3-(o-tolyl)thiazolidin-4-one and intermediate used in said process
US9617250B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-04-11 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Pyridin-4-yl derivatives
US10836754B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2020-11-17 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Crystalline form of the compound (S)-3-{4-[5-(2-cyclopentyl-6-methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl]-2-ethyl-6-methyl-phenoxy}-propane-1,2-diol
US11834443B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2023-12-05 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Crystalline form of the compound (s)-3-{4-[5-(2-cyclopentyl-6-methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl]-2-ethyl-6-methyl-phenoxy}-propane-1,2-diol
US11390615B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2022-07-19 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Crystalline form of the compound (S)-3-{4-[5-(2-cyclopentyl-6-methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl]-2-ethyl-6-methyl-phenox
US10385043B2 (en) 2015-05-20 2019-08-20 Idorsia Pharmaceuticals Ltd Crystalline form of the compound (S)-3-{4-[5-(2-cyclopentyl-6-methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-3-yl]-2-ethyl-6-methyl-phenoxy}-propane-1,2-diol
US10111841B2 (en) 2015-06-19 2018-10-30 University Of South Florida Stabilization of alcohol intoxication-induced cardiovascular instability
WO2017004608A1 (en) 2015-07-02 2017-01-05 Exelixis, Inc. Oxadiazole modulators of s1p methods of making and using
WO2017004610A1 (en) 2015-07-02 2017-01-05 Exelixis, Inc. Tercyclic s1p3-sparing, s1p1 receptor agonists
WO2017004609A1 (en) 2015-07-02 2017-01-05 Exelixis, Inc. Thiadiazole modulators of s1p and methods of making and using
WO2017155909A1 (en) 2016-03-07 2017-09-14 The Global Alliance For Tb Drug Development, Inc. Antibacterial compounds and uses thereof
EP4148053A1 (en) 2016-03-07 2023-03-15 The Global Alliance for TB Drug Development, Inc. Antibacterial compounds and uses thereof
WO2017157885A1 (en) 2016-03-16 2017-09-21 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft N-(cyanobenzyl)-6-(cyclopropyl-carbonylamino)-4-(phenyl)-pyridine-2-carboxamide derivatives and related compounds as pesticides and plant protection agents
US11014897B1 (en) 2018-10-16 2021-05-25 Celgene Corporation Solid forms comprising a thiazolidinone compound, compositions and methods of use thereof
US11013723B1 (en) 2018-10-16 2021-05-25 Celgene Corporation Solid forms of a thiazolidinone compound, compositions and methods of use thereof
US11014940B1 (en) 2018-10-16 2021-05-25 Celgene Corporation Thiazolidinone and oxazolidinone compounds and formulations
US11186556B1 (en) 2018-10-16 2021-11-30 Celgene Corporation Salts of a thiazolidinone compound, solid forms, compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022053994A1 (en) * 2020-09-11 2022-03-17 Pi Industries Limited A process for the preparation of substituted pyridine compounds and intermediates thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2008290233B2 (en) 2013-10-10
AR067977A1 (en) 2009-10-28
EP2195311A1 (en) 2010-06-16
HRP20110449T1 (en) 2011-07-31
SI2195311T1 (en) 2011-07-29
CA2695509A1 (en) 2009-02-26
JP2010536741A (en) 2010-12-02
NZ583957A (en) 2011-09-30
CN102648198B (en) 2015-04-01
MY153975A (en) 2015-04-30
EP2195311B1 (en) 2011-03-23
MX2010001881A (en) 2010-03-10
AU2008290233A1 (en) 2009-02-26
DE602008005770D1 (en) 2011-05-05
CN102648198A (en) 2012-08-22
RU2492168C2 (en) 2013-09-10
PL2195311T3 (en) 2011-08-31
CY1111830T1 (en) 2015-10-07
US8598208B2 (en) 2013-12-03
RU2010109542A (en) 2011-09-27
US20110212998A1 (en) 2011-09-01
MA31703B1 (en) 2010-09-01
DK2195311T3 (en) 2011-05-23
JP5451614B2 (en) 2014-03-26
KR101541558B1 (en) 2015-08-03
BRPI0815190A2 (en) 2015-03-31
TW200918055A (en) 2009-05-01
ES2361463T3 (en) 2011-06-17
PT2195311E (en) 2011-05-25
ZA201001873B (en) 2012-05-30
TWI422373B (en) 2014-01-11
KR20100058561A (en) 2010-06-03
ATE502938T1 (en) 2011-04-15
HK1144809A1 (en) 2011-03-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2195311B1 (en) Pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor modulators
CA2679138C (en) Amino-pyridine derivatives as s1p1/edg1 receptor agonists
EP2069335B1 (en) Pyridin-3-yl derivatives as immunomodulating agents
CA2635124C (en) Novel pyridine derivatives
AU2010272219B2 (en) Pyridin-4-yl derivatives
WO2009109907A1 (en) Novel pyrimidine-pyridine derivatives
EP2252609B1 (en) Pyridin-2-yl derivatives as immunomodulating agents
WO2009057079A2 (en) Novel pyrimidine derivatives
CA2714665A1 (en) Pyridine compounds
AU2014229217A1 (en) Pyridin-4-yl derivatives

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200880103070.2

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08789611

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008789611

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2695509

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 203937

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010020253

Country of ref document: EG

Ref document number: 12010500362

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010520670

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12673918

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: MX/A/2010/001881

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PI 2010000684

Country of ref document: MY

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1414/CHENP/2010

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008290233

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: 583957

Country of ref document: NZ

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20107005759

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2010109542

Country of ref document: RU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2008290233

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20080814

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0815190

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20100211